Engine Controls/fuel - 3.6l - Diagnostic Information and Procedures Chevrolet Malibu VIII

Diagnostic Instructions

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Circuit/System Description

The camshaft position actuator system enables the Engine Control Module (ECM) to change the timing of the camshafts while the engine is operating. The Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve signal from the ECM is pulse width modulated (PWM). The ECM controls the Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve duty cycle by controlling the amount of solenoid valve ON time. The Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve controls the advance or the retard of each camshaft. The Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve controls the oil flow that applies the pressure to advance or retard the camshafts.

The ECM controls the Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve by supplying a 12 V pulse width modulated (PWM) signal. The ECM supplies a ground to the low reference circuit.

Conditions for Running the DTC

1. The ignition voltage is greater than 11 V.
2. The ignition switch is in the Crank or Run position.
3. The ECM commanded the Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve ON.
4. DTCs P0010, P0013, P0020, and P0023 run continuously when the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The ECM detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match for greater than 5 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

DTCs P0010, P0013, P0020, and P0023 are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

DTCs P0010, P0013, P0020, and P0023 are Type B DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids

If the condition is intermittent, move the related harnesses and connectors, with the engine operating, while monitoring the scan tool circuit status parameters for the component. The circuit status parameters change from OK or Not Run to Malfunction if there is a condition with the circuit or a connection.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Camshaft Actuator System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Ignition ON.
2. Verify DTC P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P0345, P0346, P0365, P0366, P0390, or P0391 is not set. If any of the DTCs are set Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis. If none of the DTCs are set
3. Observe the appropriate control circuit status parameters listed below with a scan tool: The Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status Bank 1 or 2 The Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Open Test Status Bank 1 or 2 The Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status Bank 1 or 2 If Malfunction is displayed Refer to Circuit/System Testing If OK or Not Run is displayed
4. Engine idling, command the appropriate Camshaft Position Actuator from 0-25° and back to 0° while observing the appropriate control circuit status parameters listed below with a scan tool: The Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status Bank 1 or 2 The Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Open Test Status Bank 1 or 2 The Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status Bank 1 or 2 If Malfunction is displayed Refer to Circuit/System Testing If OK or Not Run is displayed
5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
6. Verify a DTC does not set. If any DTC sets Refer to Circuit/System Testing for further diagnosis. If a DTCs does not set
7. All OK.

Circuit/System Testing

1. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the appropriate harness connector at the camshaft position actuator solenoid valve. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground. If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the low reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 Engine Control Module If less than 5 ohms
3. Ignition ON.
4. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the control circuit terminal 1 and ground. If the test lamp illuminates Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module If the test lamp does not illuminate
5. Remove the test lamp.
6. Command the CMP actuator solenoid ON and OFF with a scan tool. Verify the voltage changes. If the voltage does not change Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance or short to ground in the circuit If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 Engine Control Module If the voltage changes
7. Test or replace the appropriate camshaft position actuator solenoid valve.

Component Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.
2. Test for 5-12 ohms between the control terminal 1 and the low reference circuit terminal 2. If not between 5-12 ohms Replace the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve. If between 5-12 ohms
3. Test for infinite resistance between each terminal and the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve housing. If less than infinite resistance Replace the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve. If infinite resistance
4. All OK

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Solenoid Replacement - Bank 1 (Right Side) Intake»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Solenoid Replacement - Bank 1 (Right Side) Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
3. «Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Solenoid Replacement - Bank 2 (Left Side) Intake»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
4. «Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Solenoid Replacement - Bank 2 (Left Side) Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
5. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for Engine Control Module replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The camshaft position actuator system enables the Engine Control Module (ECM) to change the timing of the camshafts while the engine is operating. The camshaft position actuator solenoid signal from the ECM is pulse width modulated (PWM). The ECM controls the camshaft position actuator solenoid duty cycle by controlling the amount of solenoid ON time. The camshaft position actuator solenoid controls the advance or the retard of each camshaft. The camshaft position actuator solenoid controls the oil flow that applies the pressure to advance or retard the camshafts.

1. DTC P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023, P0016, P0017, P0018, P0019, P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P0345, P0346, P0365, P0366, P0390, and P0391 is not set.
2. The ignition voltage is greater than 11 V.
3. The engine is running.
4. The desired camshaft position is not changing greater than 4.5° for at least 1 s.
5. Both of the desired and actual camshaft position actuator values cannot be greater than 20° or less than 5°.
6. DTCs P0011, P0014, P0021, and P0024 run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0011 and P0021

The ECM detects the difference between the desired and actual camshaft position angle is greater than 5° for greater 2.5 s.

P0014 and P0024

The ECM detects the difference between the desired and actual camshaft position angle is greater than 5° for greater 10 s.

DTCs P0011, P0014, P0021, and P0024 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0011, P0014, P0021, and P0024 are Type B DTCs.

Inspect the engine for any recent engine mechanical repairs. An incorrectly installed camshaft, camshaft position actuator solenoid, mechanical camshaft actuator, or timing chain can cause this DTC to set.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Camshaft Actuator System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON, observe the scan tool DTC information. Verify that DTC P0016, P0017, P0018, P0019, P0335, P0336, P0338, P0340, P0341, P0345, P0346, P0365, P0366, P0390, or P0391 is not set. If a DTC is set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis.
2. Engine Running, command the appropriate Camshaft Position Actuator from 0-25° and back to 0° while observing the appropriate scan tool Camshaft Position Variance parameters. The Camshaft Position Variance should be less than 2° in each of the commanded states.
3. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the freeze frame/failure records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.
2. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground. If greater than the specified value, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
3. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the control circuit terminal 1 and ground. If the test lamp illuminates, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
4. Connect the DMM between control circuit terminal 1 and B+. Command the CMP actuator solenoid ON and OFF with a scan tool. The DMM should transition from a higher voltage to a lower voltage when commanded ON. If the circuit voltage does not correspond to the specified values, test the control circuit for an open/high resistance or a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
5. Remove the Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve. Verify the following conditions do not exist with the Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve: Torn, restricted, mis-positioned, or missing screens at the CMP actuator solenoid Engine oil leak between the oil sealing lands of the CMP actuator solenoid. Inspect the lands of the CMP actuator solenoid for nicks. Oil seepage at the CMP actuator solenoid connector If a condition is found, replace Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.
6. Ignition OFF, swap the appropriate Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve with a Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve that is operating correctly.
7. Engine idling. Command the appropriate Camshaft Position Actuator from 0-20° and back to 0° while observing the appropriate scan tool Camshaft Position Variance parameters. The Camshaft Position Variance should be less than 2° in each of the commanded states. If greater than the specified value, replace the mechanical camshaft position actuator.
8. If all circuits/connections test normal, test or replace the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.
2. Test for 5-12 ohms between the ignition circuit terminal 1 and the control circuit terminal 2 of the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve. If not within the specified range, replace the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.
3. Test for infinite resistance between each terminal and the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve housing. If not the specified value, replace the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Camshaft Position Actuator Replacement - Bank 1»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-repair-instructions-on-vehicle)
2. «Camshaft Position Actuator Replacement - Bank 2»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-repair-instructions-on-vehicle)
3. «Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Solenoid Replacement - Bank 1 (Right Side) Intake»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
4. «Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Solenoid Replacement - Bank 1 (Right Side) Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
5. «Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Solenoid Replacement - Bank 2 (Left Side) Intake»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
6. «Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Solenoid Replacement - Bank 2 (Left Side) Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
7. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, programming, and setup

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The engine control module (ECM) uses the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor and the camshaft position (CMP) sensor pulses to monitor the correlation between the crankshaft and the camshaft position. An improper relative position can be caused by either engine timing or improper indexing of the camshaft drive chain.

1. P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P0345, P0346, P0365, P0366, P0390, P0391, P0641, or P0642 are not set
2. The engine is cranking or running.
3. The crankshaft and camshaft position signals are synchronized.
4. The camshaft position actuator is in the parked position.
5. DTC P0016, P0017, P0018, and P0019 run continuously when the above conditions are met.

DTC P0016, P0017, P0018, or P0019

1. The ECM detects that one camshaft is mis-aligned with the crankshaft. The ECM detects one of the following conditions: Bank 1 intake camshaft is greater than 9° retarded or 12° advanced in relationship to the crankshaft. Bank 1 exhaust camshaft is greater than 10° retarded or 13° advanced in relationship to the crankshaft. Bank 2 intake camshaft is greater than 11° retarded or 13° advanced in relationship to the crankshaft. Bank 2 exhaust camshaft is greater than 9° retarded or 13° advanced in relationship to the crankshaft.
2. The ECM detects that all 4 camshafts are mis-aligned with the crankshaft. The ECM detects the following conditions: Bank 1 intake camshaft is greater than 9° retarded or 12° advanced in relationship to the crankshaft. Bank 1 exhaust camshaft is greater than 10° retarded or 13° advanced in relationship to the crankshaft. Bank 2 intake camshaft is greater than 6° retarded or 9° advanced in relationship to the crankshaft. Bank 2 exhaust camshaft is greater than 7° retarded or 9° advanced in relationship to the crankshaft.

DTC P0016 and P0017

The ECM detects that both camshafts on bank 1 are mis-aligned with the crankshaft. The ECM detects the following conditions

1. Bank 1 intake camshaft is greater than 6° retarded or 12° advanced in relationship to the crankshaft.
2. Bank 1 exhaust camshaft is greater than 10° retarded or 13° advanced in relationship to the crankshaft.

DTC P0018 and P0019

The ECM detects that both camshafts on bank 2 are mis-aligned with the crankshaft. The ECM detects the following conditions

1. Bank 2 intake camshaft is greater than 6° retarded or 9° advanced in relationship to the crankshaft.
2. Bank 2 exhaust camshaft is greater than 7° retarded or 9° advanced in relationship to the crankshaft.

DTCs P0016, P0017, P0018, and P0019 are type B DTCs.

DTCs P0016, P0017, P0018, and P0019 are type B DTCs.

1. Inspect the engine for any recent engine mechanical repairs. An incorrectly installed secondary timing chain can cause this DTC to set.
2. This diagnostic algorithm is designed to detect an alignment condition between a primary intermediate sprocket and the secondary timing chain, or the alignment between a primary intermediate sprocket and the crankshaft. Either condition would cause the camshaft timing for both cams on one bank to be off an equal number of degrees.
3. DTCs P0016, P0017, P0018, and P0019 set at the same time indicate a possible condition with the primary timing chain and the alignment between both intermediate sprockets and the crankshaft. Or, the crankshaft reluctor wheel has moved and is no longer referenced to top dead center (TDC).
4. Observing the desired and actual camshaft angle parameters, with a scan tool before a DTC sets, may help to isolate whether a condition is specific to one camshaft, one bank, or caused by a condition with the primary crankshaft timing.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Camshaft Actuator System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON, observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Verify that none of the following DTCs are set. DTC P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023, P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P0345, P0346, P0365, P0366, P0390, P0391, P2088, P2089, P2090, P2091, P2092, P2093, P2094 or P2095. If any of the DTCs listed are set refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis.
2. Idle the engine at normal operating temperature. DTCs P0016, P0017, P0018, or P0019 should not set. If a DTC sets, inspect for the following and repair as necessary: The correct installation of the camshaft sensors The correct installation of the crankshaft sensor A timing chain tensioner condition An incorrectly installed timing chain Excessive play in the timing chain A mechanical cam actuator that is stuck in the full advance or retard position. A timing chain that jumped teeth A crankshaft reluctor wheel that has moved in relationship to top dead center (TDC) on the crankshaft
3. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the freeze frame/failure records data.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Timing Chain Alignment Diagram»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-timing-chain-alignment-routing-diagram)
2. «Camshaft Timing Drive Components Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-repair-instructions-off-vehicle)
3. «Crankshaft and Bearing Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-repair-instructions-off-vehicle)

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Diagnostic Fault Information

HO2S Heater Bank 1 Sensor 1

HO2S Heater Bank 1 Sensor 2

Typical Scan Tool Data

HO2S Heater Bank 1 Sensor 1

HO2S Heater Bank 1 Sensor 2

Heated oxygen sensors (HO2S) are used for fuel control and post catalyst monitoring. Each HO2S compares the oxygen content of the surrounding air with the oxygen content in the exhaust stream. The HO2S must reach operating temperature to provide an accurate voltage signal. A heating element inside the HO2S minimizes the time required for the sensor to reach operating temperature. Voltage is provided to the heater by an ignition voltage circuit through a fuse. With the engine running, ground is provided to the heater by the HO2S heater low control circuit, through a low side driver within the engine control module (ECM). The ECM uses pulse width modulation (PWM) to control the HO2S heater operation to maintain a specific HO2S operating temperature range.

P0030 and P0036

1. The engine is cranking or running.
2. The engine speed parameter is greater than 400 RPM.
3. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.

P0053 and P0054

1. DTCs P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0128, P1258, P2610 are not set.
2. The ignition is OFF for more than 8 hours.
3. The difference between the start-up engine coolant temperature (ECT) and the intake air temperature (IAT) is less than 8°C (14.4°F).
4. The ECT Sensor parameter is between -30 and +45°C (-22 and +133°F) at engine start-up.
5. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
6. This diagnostic runs one time per valid cold start when the above conditions are met.

P0135

1. DTCs P0030, P0053, P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The scan tool special functions are not active.
4. The Engine Run Time parameter is more than 180 seconds.
5. The ECT Sensor parameter is at least 65°C (149°F).
6. The Engine Speed parameter is between 500-3, 000 RPM.
7. The MAF Sensor parameter is between 5-30 g/s.
8. The above conditions have been met for more than 2 seconds.

P0141

1. DTCs P0036, P0054, P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The scan tool special functions are not active.
4. The Engine Run Time parameter is at least 180 seconds.
5. The ECT parameter is at least 65°C (149°F).
6. The Engine Speed parameter is between 500-3, 000 RPM.
7. The MAF Sensor parameter is between 5-30 g/s.
8. The above conditions have been met for more than 2 seconds.

P0030 and P0036

1. The ECM detects that the HO2S heater control circuit status is incorrect for more than 2 seconds.
2. This diagnostic runs continuously.

P0053

The ECM detects that the HO2S heater calculated resistance is not between 1.3-7.5 ohms at engine start-up for 1 second.

P0054

The ECM detects that the HO2S heater calculated resistance is not between 1.9-8.6 ohms at engine start-up for 1 second.

P0135

1. The HO2S heater current is less than 0.25 amp or more than 3.13 amps for more than 8 seconds, twice within a 1-minute test period.
2. The test is run 2 times per trip.

P0141

1. The HO2S heater current is less than 0.43 amp or more than 2.9 amp for more than 8 seconds, twice within a 1-minute test period.
2. The test is run 2 times per trip.

DTCs P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0135, and P0141 are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

DTCs P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0135, and P0141 are Type B DTCs.

When using a high impedance, low current draw, test lamp to load the heater circuit, the test lamp flash may be dim, the scan tool Heater Command parameter may indicate 7 percent, and the Heater parameter may indicate 0 amps. This is a normal condition.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__heated-oxygen-sensor-wiring-repairs)
4. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
5. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Allow the engine to reach operating temperature.
2. Engine running, verify the appropriate scan tool HO2S Heater parameter is varying between approximately 0.5-2 amp.
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

Note. You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate HO2S.
2. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp illuminates between the appropriate HO2S heater voltage supply circuit terminal D and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the HO2S heater voltage supply circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal and the HO2S heater voltage supply circuit fuse is open, test all components connected to the fuse and replace as necessary.
3. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the appropriate HO2S heater voltage supply circuit terminal D and the appropriate HO2S heater low control circuit terminal C. If the lamp illuminates, test the HO2S heater low control circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Engine running, leave the test lamp connected from the previous step. The lamp should flash or be ON steady. If the test lamp is not ON steady or flashing, test the HO2S heater low control circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. Ignition OFF, install a 30A fused jumper wire between the appropriate HO2S heater voltage supply circuit terminal D and the appropriate HO2S heater low control circuit terminal C.
6. Engine running, verify the appropriate scan tool HO2S Heater parameter is less than 0.1 amp. If more than the specified range, test the HO2S heater voltage supply and HO2S heater low control circuits for more than 1 ohm. If the circuits test normal, replace the ECM.
7. If the ECM and all circuits test normal, replace the appropriate HO2S.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Bank 1 Sensor 1»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Bank 1 Sensor 2»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for control module replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

HO2S Heater Bank 2 Sensor 1

HO2S Heater Bank 2 Sensor 2

HO2S Heater Bank 2 Sensor 1

HO2S Heater Bank 2 Sensor 2

Heated oxygen sensors (HO2S) are used for fuel control and post catalyst monitoring. Each HO2S compares the oxygen content of the surrounding air with the oxygen content in the exhaust stream. The HO2S must reach operating temperature to provide an accurate voltage signal. A heating element inside the HO2S minimizes the time required for the sensor to reach operating temperature. Voltage is provided to the heater by an ignition voltage circuit through a fuse. With the engine running, ground is provided to the heater by the HO2S heater low control circuit, through a low side driver within the engine control module (ECM). The ECM uses pulse width modulation (PWM) to control the HO2S heater operation to maintain a specific HO2S operating temperature range.

P0050 and P0056

1. The engine is cranking or running.
2. The Engine Speed parameter is greater than 400 RPM.
3. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.

P0059 and P0060

1. DTCs P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0128, P1258, P2610 are not set.
2. The ignition is OFF for more than 8 hours.
3. The difference between the start-up engine coolant temperature (ECT) and the intake air temperature (IAT) is less than 8°C (14.4°F).
4. The ECT Sensor parameter is between -30 and +45°C (-22 and +133°F) at engine start-up.
5. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
6. This diagnostic runs one time per valid cold start when the above conditions are met.

P0155

1. DTCs P0050, P0059, P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The scan tool special functions are not active.
4. The Engine Run Time parameter is more than 180 seconds.
5. The ECT Sensor parameter is at least 65°C (149°F).
6. The Engine Speed parameter is between 500-3, 000 RPM.
7. The MAF sensor parameter is between 5-30 g/s.
8. The above conditions have been met for more than 2 seconds.

P0161

1. DTCs P0056, P0060, P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The scan tool special functions are not active.
4. The Engine Run Time parameter is at least 180 seconds.
5. The ECT parameter is at least 65°C (149°F).
6. The Engine Speed parameter is between 500-3, 000 RPM.
7. The MAF Sensor parameter is between 5-30 g/s.
8. The above conditions have been met for more than 2 seconds.

P0050 and P0056

1. The ECM detects that the HO2S heater control circuit status is incorrect for more than 2 seconds.
2. This diagnostic runs continuously.

P0059

The ECM detects that the HO2S heater calculated resistance is not between 1.3-7.5 ohms at engine start-up for 1 second.

P0060

The ECM detects that the HO2S heater calculated resistance is not between 1.9-8.6 ohms at engine start-up for 1 second.

P0155

1. The HO2S heater current is less than 0.25 amp or more than 3.13 amps for more than 8 seconds, twice in a 1-minute period.
2. The test is run 2 times per trip.

P0161

1. The HO2S heater current is less than 0.43 amp or more than 2.90 amp for more than 8 seconds, twice within a 1-minute test period.
2. The test is run 2 times per trip.

DTCs P0050, P0056, P0059, P0060, P0155, and P0161 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0050, P0056, P0059, P0060, P0155, and P0161 are Type B DTCs.

When using a high impedance, low current draw, test lamp to load the heater circuit, the test lamp flash may be dim, the scan tool Heater Command parameter may indicate 7 percent, and the Heater parameter may indicate 0.00 amps. This is a normal condition.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__heated-oxygen-sensor-wiring-repairs)
4. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
5. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Allow the engine to reach operating temperature.
2. Engine running, verify the appropriate scan tool HO2S Heater parameter is varying between 0.5-2 amp.
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

Note. You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate HO2S.
2. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp illuminates between the appropriate HO2S heater voltage supply circuit terminal D and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the HO2S heater voltage supply circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal and the HO2S heater voltage supply circuit fuse is open, test all components connected to the fuse and replace as necessary.
3. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the appropriate HO2S heater voltage supply circuit terminal D and the appropriate HO2S heater low control circuit terminal C. If the lamp illuminates, test the HO2S heater low control circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Engine running, leave the test lamp connected from the previous step. The lamp should flash or be ON steady. If the test lamp is not ON steady or flashing, test the HO2S heater low control circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. Ignition OFF, install a 30A fused jumper wire between the appropriate HO2S heater voltage supply circuit terminal D and the appropriate HO2S heater low control circuit terminal C.
6. Engine running, verify the appropriate scan tool HO2S Heater parameter is less than 0.1 amp. If more than the specified range, test the HO2S heater voltage supply and HO2S heater low control circuits for more than 1 ohm. If the circuits test normal, replace the ECM.
7. If the ECM and all circuits test normal, replace the appropriate HO2S.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Bank 2 Sensor 1»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Bank 2 Sensor 2»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for control module replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The engine control module (ECM) compares actual airflow based on throttle position (TP) to a calculated airflow based on manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor, and mass air flow (MAF).

Conditions for Running the DTCs

DTC P0068

1. The engine speed is greater than 800 RPM.
2. The ignition voltage is greater than 6.0 V.
3. The throttle actuator control system is not in reduced power mode.
4. The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

DTC P1101

1. DTCs P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0128, P0335, or P0336 are not set
2. The engine speed is between 500-6, 800 RPM
3. The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is between -7 and +125°C (+19 and +257°F).
4. The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 1 is between -20 and +125°C (-4 to +257°F).
5. The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTCs

The ECM detects that the actual airflow rate is greater than the calculated airflow.

Action Taken When the DTCs Set

1. DTC P0068 is a type A DTC.
2. DTC P1101 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Clearing the DTCs

1. DTC P0068 is a type A DTC.
2. DTC P1101 is a type B DTC.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Verify none of the following conditions exist: The air intake duct system for loose clamps, cracks, or other damage The air intake duct system for being collapsed or restricted Restricted air filter Q38 throttle body for dirt, debris, and coking. Also, throttle body blade or shaft damage. Refer to «Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions__throttle-body-inspection-and-cleaning) for further diagnosis. Splits, kinks, or improper connections at the vacuum hoses Missing, restricted, or leaking exhaust components-Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system__symptoms-engine-exhaust) . Vacuum leaks at the intake manifold and Q38 throttle body. If a condition exists, repair as necessary.
2. Ignition ON, observe the diagnostic trouble code (DTC) information with a scan tool. Verify that DTC P0641 or P0651 is not set. If any of the above DTCs are set, refer to «DTC P0641 or P0651»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) for further diagnosis.
3. Determine the current vehicle testing altitude. Compare the MAP Sensor pressure parameter to the reading in the «Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-specifications__altitude-versus-barometric-pressure) table. The MAP sensor pressure parameter should be within the specified range indicated in the table. If the MAP sensor pressure is not within the range specified for your altitude, refer to «DTC P0106»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) for further diagnosis.
4. Engine idling, observe the MAP Sensor kPa parameter. The reading should be between 26-52 kPa (3.8-7.5 psi). If not within the specified range, refer to «DTC P0106»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) for DTC P0106.
5. Engine idling, observe the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter. The reading should be between 2.5-8.8 g/s depending on the engine coolant temperature (ECT) and barometric (BARO) pressure. If not within the specified range, refer to «DTC P0101»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) for further diagnosis.
6. Verify the scan tool MAF Sensor g/s parameter changes smoothly and gradually as the engine speed is increased and decreased while performing the actions listed below. Engine idling Perform the scan tool snapshot function. Increase the engine speed slowly to 3, 000 RPM and then back to idle. Exit from the scan tool snapshot and review the data. Observe the MAF Sensor parameter frame by frame with a scan tool. If the MAF Sensor g/s parameter does not change smoothly and gradually, refer to «DTC P0101»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) for further diagnosis.
7. If all conditions test normal, test the engine for a mechanical condition. Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Mechanical»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

1. «Throttle Body Assembly Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Air Cleaner Element Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup.

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Circuit Description

The intake flow rationality diagnostic provides the within-range rationality check for the mass air flow (MAF), manifold absolute pressure (MAP), and the throttle position sensors. This is an explicit model-based diagnostic containing 4 separate models for the intake system.

The estimates of MAF and MAP obtained from this system of models and calculations are then compared to the actual measured values from the MAF, MAP, and the throttle position sensors and to each other to determine the appropriate DTC to fail.

1. DTCs P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0128, P0335 or P0336 are not set.
2. The engine speed is greater than 500 RPM.
3. The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is between -7 and +125°C (+19 and +257°F).
4. The intake air temperature (IAT Sensor) is between -20 and +125°C (-4 and +257°F).
5. The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

The engine control module (ECM) detects that the actual measured airflow from the MAF, MAP, and throttle position sensors is not within range of the calculated airflow that is derived from the system of models for greater than 2 s.

DTC P0101 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P0101 is a Type B DTC.

1. A steady or intermittent high resistance of 15 ohms or greater on the ignition voltage circuit will cause the MAF sensor signal to be increased by as much as 60 g/s.
2. Any type of contamination on the MAF sensor heating elements will degrade the proper operation of the sensor. Certain types of contaminants act as a heat insulator, which will impair the response of the sensor to airflow changes. Water or snow can create the opposite effect, and cause the signal to increase rapidly.
3. Depending on the current ambient temperature, and the vehicle operating conditions, a MAF sensor signal circuit that is shorted to the IAT Sensor signal circuit will cause the MAF sensor signal to be skewed or erratic. Additionally, it may cause a rapid fluctuation in the IAT Sensor parameter.
4. A skewed or stuck IAT or engine coolant temperature (ECT) Sensor will cause the calculated models to be inaccurate and may cause this DTC to run when it should not. Refer to «Temperature Versus Resistance - Intake Air Temperature Sensor (Hitatchi Sensor)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-intake-air) , table for the IAT sensor, or «Temperature Versus Resistance (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-engine-coolant-temperature) table for the ECT sensor.
5. Compare the MAF Sensor parameter to a known good vehicle, under various operating conditions.
6. Certain aftermarket air filters may cause this DTC to set.
7. Certain aftermarket air induction systems may cause this DTC to set.
8. Modifications to the air induction system may cause this DTC to set.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

J 38522 Variable Speed Generator

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools .

1. Verify that the following DTCs are not set: 5 V reference circuits Camshaft position system performance Engine controls ignition relay circuits Ignition circuits-Body control module (BCM) If any of the DTCs are set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) .
2. Verify that restrictions do not exist in the exhaust system. Refer to «Restricted Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system) .
3. Engine idling, observe the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter. The reading should be between 2.5-8.8 g/s depending on the engine coolant temperature (ECT) and barometric (BARO) pressure.
4. Verify the scan tool MAF Sensor g/s parameter changes smoothly and gradually as the engine speed is increased and decreased while performing the actions listed below. Engine idling Perform the scan tool snapshot function. Increase the engine speed slowly to 3, 000 RPM and then back to idle. Exit from the scan tool snapshot and review the data. Observe the MAF Sensor parameter frame by frame with a scan tool.
5. Verify the proper operation of the IAT sensor and ECT sensor. A skewed or stuck IAT sensor or ECT sensor will cause the calculated models to be inaccurate and may cause this DTC to run/fail when it should not. Refer to «Temperature Versus Resistance - Intake Air Temperature Sensor (Hitatchi Sensor)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-intake-air) , table for the IAT sensor, or «Temperature Versus Resistance (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-engine-coolant-temperature) table for the ECT sensor.
6. Verify the proper operation of the MAP sensor. A skewed MAP sensor will cause the BARO value to be inaccurate. Refer to «DTC P0106»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) for further diagnosis.
7. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Verify the integrity of the entire air induction system by inspecting for the following conditions: Any damaged components Loose or improper installation An air flow restriction Any vacuum leaks Water intrusion In cold climates, inspect for any snow or ice buildup Inspect the B75B mass air flow /intake air temperature sensor element for contamination.
2. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B75B mass air flow /intake air temperature sensor.
3. Ignition OFF, all vehicle systems OFF, this may take up to 2 min, test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal C and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.
4. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ignition circuit terminal B and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the ignition circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal and the fuse is open, test all the components connected to the circuit and repair or replace as necessary.
5. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 V between the signal circuit terminal A and ground. If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module. NOTE: If the signal circuit is shorted to a voltage the ECM or the sensor may be damaged. If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
6. Ignition OFF, connect the leads of the J 38522 Variable Speed Generator as follows: Red lead to the signal circuit terminal A at the harness connector Black lead to ground Battery voltage supply lead to B+
7. Set the J 38522 Variable Speed Generator to the following specifications: Signal switch to 5 V Frequency switch to 5 KHz Duty Cycle switch to Normal
8. Engine idling, observe the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter. The scan tool MAF Sensor parameter should be between 4, 950-5, 050 Hz. If the MAF Sensor parameter is not within the specified range, replace the K20 engine control module.
9. If all other circuits test normal, test or replace the B75B mass air flow /intake air temperature sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

MAF Sensor

The mass air flow (MAF) sensor is integrated with the multifunction intake air sensor. The MAF sensor is an air flow meter that measures the amount of air in the sensor bore. The engine control module (ECM) uses the MAF sensor signal to provide the correct fuel delivery for all engine speeds and loads. A small quantity of air entering the engine indicates a deceleration or idle condition. A large quantity of air entering the engine indicates an acceleration or high load condition.

The ECM applies 5 V to the MAF sensor on the MAF sensor signal circuit. The sensor uses the voltage to produce a variable frequency signal based on the inlet air flow through the sensor bore. The signal varies with engine load and is displayed by the scan tool as Hertz (Hz) and grams per second (g/s). Ignition voltage and ground circuits are also supplied to the sensor.

1. The engine is running for greater than 1 s.
2. The ignition signal is greater than 10 V.
3. The above conditions are met for greater than 1 s.
4. The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0102

The ECM detects that the MAF Sensor Signal is less than 800 Hz (about 0.90 g/s) for greater than 10 s.

P0103

The ECM detects that the MAF Sensor Signal parameter is greater than 14, 500 Hz (about 630 g/s) for greater than 10 s.

DTCs P0102 and P0103 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0102 and P0103 are Type B DTCs.

1. Verify the integrity of the air induction system by inspecting for the following conditions: Loose or improper installation Damaged components Any water intrusion in the induction system Any contamination or debris on the sensing elements of the MAF sensor
2. A steady or intermittent high resistance of 15 ohms or greater on the ignition voltage circuit will cause the MAF sensor signal to be increased by as much as 60 g/s.
3. Depending on the current ambient temperature, and the vehicle operating conditions, a MAF sensor signal circuit that is shorted to the IAT sensor signal circuit will cause the MAF sensor signal to be skewed or erratic. Additionally, it may cause a rapid fluctuation in the IAT Sensor parameter.
4. Verify that any electrical aftermarket devices are properly connected and grounded. Refer to «Checking Aftermarket Accessories»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__checking-aftermarket-accessories) for further diagnosis.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

J 38522 Variable Speed Generator

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools .

1. Verify that the following DTCs are not set: P0685, P0690 or B1380. If any of the DTCs are set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis.
2. Engine idling, observe the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter. The reading should be between 2.5-8.8 g/s depending on the engine coolant temperature (ECT) and barometric (BARO) pressure.
3. Verify the scan tool MAF Sensor g/s parameter changes smoothly and gradually as the engine speed is increased and decreased while performing the actions listed below. Engine idling Perform the scan tool snapshot function. Increase the engine speed slowly to 3, 000 RPM and then back to idle. Exit from the scan tool snapshot and review the data. Observe the MAF Sensor parameter frame by frame with a scan tool.
4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B75B mass air flow /intake air temperature sensor.
2. Ignition OFF, all vehicle systems OFF, this may take up to 2 minutes, test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal C and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.
3. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ignition circuit terminal B and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the ignition circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal and the fuse is open, test all the components connected to the circuit and repair or replace as necessary.
4. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 V between the signal circuit terminal A and ground. If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module. NOTE: If the signal circuit is shorted to a voltage the ECM or the sensor may be damaged. If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
5. Ignition OFF, connect the leads of the J 38522 Variable Speed Generator as follows: Red lead to the signal circuit terminal A at the harness connector Black lead to ground Battery voltage supply lead to B+
6. Set the J 38522 Variable Speed Generator to the following specifications. Signal switch to 5 V Duty Cycle switch to 50 % (Normal) Frequency switch to 5 KHz
7. Engine idling, observe the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter. The scan tool MAF Sensor parameter should be between 4, 950-5, 050 Hz. If the parameter is not within the specified range, replace the K20 engine control module.
8. If all other circuits test normal, replace the B75B mass air flow /intake air temperature sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

1. «Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup.

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

MAP Sensor

The intake flow rationality diagnostic provides the within-range rationality check for the mass air flow (MAF), manifold absolute pressure (MAP), and the throttle position (TP) sensors. This is an explicit model-based diagnostic containing 4 separate models for the intake system.

1. The throttle model describes the flow through the throttle body and is used to estimate the MAF through the throttle body as a function of barometric pressure (BARO), TP, intake air temperature (IAT), and estimated MAP. The information from this model is displayed on the scan tool as the MAF Performance Test parameter.
2. The first intake manifold model describes the intake manifold and is used to estimate MAP as a function of the MAF into the manifold from the throttle body and the MAF out of the manifold caused by engine pumping. The flow into the manifold from the throttle uses the MAF estimate calculated from the above throttle model. The information from this model is displayed on the scan tool as the MAP Performance Test 1 parameter.
3. The second intake manifold model is identical to the first intake manifold model except that the MAF sensor measurement is used instead of the throttle model estimate for the throttle air input. The information from this model is displayed on the scan tool as the MAP Performance Test 2 parameter.
4. The fourth model is created from the combination and additional calculations of the throttle model and the first intake manifold model. The information from this model is displayed on the scan tool as the TP Performance Test parameter.

The estimates of MAF and MAP obtained from this system of models and calculations are then compared to the actual measured values from the MAF, MAP, and the TP sensors and to each other to determine the appropriate DTC to fail. The following table illustrates the possible failure combinations and the resulting DTC or DTCs.

Scan Tool Diagnostic Test Results

1. DTCs P0016, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0128, P0335, or P0336 are not set.
2. The engine is running.
3. The engine coolant is between 70-125°C (158-257°F).
4. The intake air temperature is between -7 and +125°C (+19.4 and +257°F).
5. This DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

The ECM detects that the actual measured airflow from MAF, MAP, and TP is not within range of the calculated airflow that is derived from the system of models for greater than 2 seconds.

DTC P0106 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P0106 is a Type B DTC.

1. A wide open throttle (WOT) acceleration from a stop should cause the MAP sensor parameter on the scan tool to increase rapidly to near the BARO parameter at the time of the 1-2 shift.
2. A skewed or stuck engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor or IAT sensor will cause the calculated models to be inaccurate and may cause this DTC to run when it should not. Refer to «Temperature Versus Resistance (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-engine-coolant-temperature) .
3. The barometric pressure (BARO) that is used by the ECM to calculate the air flow models is initially based on the MAP sensor at ignition ON. When the engine is running, the ECM will continually update the BARO value near WOT using the MAP sensor and a calculation. A skewed MAP sensor will cause the BARO value to be inaccurate.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

1. J-23738-A Mityvac
2. J-35555 Metal Mityvac

1. Verify that the following DTCs are not set: P0641 or P0651 If any of the DTCs are set, refer to «DTC P0641 or P0651»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
2. Verify that restrictions do not exist in the exhaust system. Refer to «Restricted Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system) .
3. Verify that the engine is in good mechanical condition. Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Mechanical»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) for the 3.6L engine.
4. Ignition OFF for 90 seconds, determine the current vehicle testing altitude.
5. Ignition ON, engine OFF, observe the scan tool BARO parameter. Compare the parameter to the «Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-specifications__altitude-versus-barometric-pressure) table. The BARO parameter should be within the specified range indicated in the table.
6. Ignition ON, observe the scan tool MAP sensor parameter. Start the engine. The MAP Sensor parameter should change.
7. Use the scan tool and compare the MAP Sensor parameter to a known good vehicle, under various operating conditions. The readings should be within 3 kPa of the known good vehicle.
8. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Verify the integrity of the entire air induction system by inspecting for the following conditions: Any damaged components Loose or improper installation An air flow restriction Any vacuum leak Improperly routed vacuum hoses In cold climates, inspect for any snow or ice buildup. Verify that restrictions do not exist in the MAP sensor port or vacuum source.
2. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the MAP sensor.
3. Ignition OFF for 90 seconds, test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 volts between the 5-volt reference circuit terminal 1 and ground. If less than the specified range, test the 5-volt reference circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM. If greater than the specified range, test the 5-volt reference circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. Verify the scan tool MAP parameter is less than 1 kPa. If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit terminal 3 for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
6. Install a 3A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 3 and the 5-volt reference circuit terminal 1. Verify the scan tool MAP parameter is greater than 126 kPa. If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
7. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the MAP sensor.

Skewed Sensor Test

1. Ignition OFF, remove the vacuum source from the MAP sensor.
2. Ignition ON, observe and record the scan tool MAP sensor pressure parameter. This is the first MAP sensor reading.
3. With the J-23738-A mityvac or J-35555 metal mityvac apply 5 in Hg (17 kPa) of vacuum to the MAP sensor. Observe and record the scan tool MAP sensor pressure parameter. This is the second MAP sensor reading.
4. Subtract the second MAP sensor reading from the first MAP sensor reading. Verify that the vacuum decrease is within 1 in Hg (4 kPa) of the applied vacuum. If the vacuum decrease is not within the specified range, replace the MAP sensor.
5. With the J-23738-A mityvac or J-35555 metal mityvac apply 10 in Hg (34 kPa) of vacuum to the MAP sensor. Observe and record the scan tool MAP sensor pressure parameter. This is the third MAP sensor reading.
6. Substract the third MAP sensor reading from the first MAP sensor reading. Verify that the vacuum decrease is within 1 in Hg (4 kPa) of the applied vacuum. If the vacuum decrease is not within the specified range, replace the MAP sensor.

Erratic Signal Test

1. Ignition OFF, remove the MAP sensor.
2. Install a 3A fused jumper wire between the 5-volt reference circuit terminal 1 and the corresponding terminal of the MAP sensor.
3. Install a jumper wire between the low reference circuit terminal 2 of the MAP sensor and ground.
4. Install a jumper wire at terminal 3 of the MAP sensor.
5. Connect a DMM between the jumper wire from terminal 3 of the MAP sensor and ground.
6. Ignition ON, with the J-23738-A mityvac or J-35555 metal mityvac, slowly apply vacuum to the sensor while observing the voltage on the DMM. The voltage should vary between 0-5.2 volts, without any spikes or dropouts. If the voltage reading is erratic, replace the MAP sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

MAP Sensor

The MAP sensor has a 5-volt reference circuit, a low reference circuit, and a signal circuit. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 volts to the MAP sensor on a 5-volt reference circuit, and provides a ground on a low reference circuit. The MAP sensor provides a voltage signal to the ECM on a signal circuit relative to the intake manifold pressure changes.

P0107

1. DTCs P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0641, P0651 or P2135 are not set.
2. The engine is running greater than or equal to 400 RPM.
3. The throttle position is greater than or equal to 0 percent when the engine speed is less than or equal to 1, 000 RPM. OR
4. The throttle position is greater than or equal to 12.5 percent when the engine speed is greater than 1, 000 RPM.
5. The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0108

1. The engine has been running for a length of time that is determined by the start-up coolant temperature. The length of time ranges from 5.5 minutes at colder than -30°C (-22°F) to 10 seconds at greater than +30°C (+86°F).
2. DTCs P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223, or P2135 are not set.
3. The throttle position is less than or equal to one percent when the engine speed is less than or equal to 1, 200 RPM. OR
4. The throttle position is less than or equal to 20 percent when the engine speed is greater than 1, 200 RPM.
5. The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0107

The ECM detects that the MAP sensor voltage is less than 0.05 volt for greater than 5 seconds.

P0108

The ECM detects that the MAP sensor voltage is more than 4.9 volts for greater than 5 seconds.

DTCs P0107 and P0108 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0107 and P0108 are Type B DTCs.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

1. J-23738-A Mityvac
2. J-35555 Metal Mityvac

1. Verify that the following DTCs are not set: P0641 or P0651. If any of the DTCs are set, refer to «DTC P0641 or P0651»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
2. Ignition ON, observe the MAP Sensor parameter. The reading should be between 0.05-4.9 volts.
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the MAP sensor.
2. Ignition OFF for 90 seconds, test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
3. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 volts between the 5-volt reference circuit terminal 1 and ground. If less than the specified range, test the 5-volt reference circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM. If greater than the specified range, test the 5-volt reference circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Verify the scan tool MAP Sensor parameter is less than 2 kPa. If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit terminal 3 for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. Install a 3A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 3 and the 5-volt reference circuit terminal 1. Verify the scan tool MAP Sensor parameter is greater than 126 kPa. If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
6. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the MAP sensor.

1. Ignition OFF, remove the MAP sensor.
2. Install a 3A fused jumper wire between the 5-volt reference circuit terminal 1 and the corresponding terminal of the MAP sensor.
3. Install a jumper wire between the low reference circuit terminal 2 of the MAP sensor and ground.
4. Install a jumper wire at terminal 3 of the MAP sensor.
5. Connect a DMM between the jumper wire from terminal 3 of the MAP sensor and ground.
6. Ignition ON, with the J-23738-A mityvac or J-35555 metal mityvac slowly apply vacuum to the sensor while observing the voltage on the DMM. The voltage should vary between 0-5.2 volts, without any spikes or dropouts. If the voltage reading is erratic, replace the MAP sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

IAT Sensor

IAT Sensor

The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor is a variable resistor that measures the temperature of the air in the sensor bore. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 V to the IAT sensor signal circuit and a ground for the IAT sensor low reference circuit. The signal varies with inlet air temperature and is displayed by the scan tool as °C (°F).

P0112 and P0113

1. The engine run time is greater than 1 s.
2. The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0112

The ECM detects that the IAT sensor signal is warmer than 149°C (300°F) for greater than 5 s.

P0113

The ECM detects that the IAT sensor signal is colder than -60°C (-76°F) for greater than 5 s.

Note. The scan tool display range is between -40 and +150°C (-40 and +302°F).

1. DTCs P0112 and P0113 are Type B DTCs.
2. The ECM commands the cooling fans ON.

DTCs P0112 and P0113 are Type B DTCs.

1. With the ignition ON, the engine OFF, if the engine is cold, a properly functioning IAT sensor will gradually increase the scan tool IAT Sensor parameter. This is due to the heat that is generated by the MAF sensor heating elements.
2. Depending on the ambient temperature, an IAT sensor signal circuit or low reference circuit that is shorted to the MAF sensor signal circuit can cause a DTC P0113 to set. This condition causes a rapid fluctuation in the IAT Sensor parameter.
3. An IAT sensor signal circuit that is shorted to the MAF sensor ignition circuit can cause a DTC P0113 to set.
4. A MAF sensor ground circuit that is open will cause a DTC P0113 to set.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Engine running, observe the scan tool IAT Sensor parameter. The reading should be between -40 and +149°C (-40 and +300°F) depending on the current ambient temperature and the vehicle operating conditions.
2. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify that the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B75B mass air flow /intake air temperature sensor.
2. Ignition OFF, all vehicle systems OFF, this may take up to 2 minutes, test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal E and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance or for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
3. Ignition ON, verify the scan tool IAT Sensor parameter is colder than -39°C (-38°F). If warmer than the specified range, test the signal circuit terminal D for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
4. Ignition ON. Test for 4.8-5.2 V between the IAT sensor 1 signal circuit terminal D and ground. If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module. NOTE: If the signal circuit is shorted to a voltage the ECM or the sensor may be damaged. If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
5. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the B75B mass air flow /intake air temperature sensor.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B75B mass air flow /intake air temperature sensor.
2. Test the IAT sensor by varying the sensor temperature while monitoring the sensor resistance. Compare the readings with the «Temperature Versus Resistance - Intake Air Temperature Sensor (Hitatchi Sensor)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-intake-air) table. The resistance values should be in range of the table values. If not within the specified range, replace the B75B mass air flow /intake air temperature sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

1. «Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup.

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

ECT Sensor Temperature

The engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor is a variable resistor that measures the temperature of the engine coolant. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 volts to the ECT sensor signal circuit, and supplies a ground to the low reference circuit. The ECM uses this high side coolant rationality diagnostic to determine if the input from the ECT sensor is skewed warmer than normal. The internal clock of the ECM will record the amount of time the ignition is OFF. If the calibrated ignition OFF timer is met at start-up, the ECM will compare the temperature difference between the ECT and the intake air temperature (IAT) sensor to determine if the temperatures are within an acceptable operating range of each other.

1. DTCs P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P062F, P2610 are not set.
2. The ignition is ON.
3. The IAT parameter is greater than 15°C (59°F).
4. The Fuel Level Sensor parameter is greater than 10 percent.
5. The vehicle has a minimum ignition OFF time of 8 hours.
6. The DTC runs once per ignition cycle when the above conditions are met.

1. The ECM detects a temperature difference between the ECT sensor and the IAT sensor of greater than 100°C (180°F) at start-up. OR
2. The ECM detects a temperature difference between the ECT sensor and the IAT sensor that is greater than 15°C (27°F) and the time elapsed cranking the engine without starting is greater than 5 seconds. OR
3. The ECM detects a temperature difference between the ECT sensor and the IAT sensor that is greater than 15°C (27°F). The vehicle must then be driven for 5 minutes over 40 km/h (25 mph). If the IAT sensor temperature decreases greater than 5°C (9°F), an engine block heater was detected and the test is aborted. If the IAT sensor temperature does not decrease, an engine block heater was not detected and DTC P0116 will set.

DTC P0116 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P0116 is a Type B DTC.

1. Inspect the ECT sensor terminals for corrosion and for engine coolant leaking through the sensor. Engine coolant that is leaking through the sensor will create a high resistance short to ground. This condition results in less voltage on the ECT sensor signal circuit, which is interpreted by the ECM as a warmer ECT.
2. An IAT sensor that is skewed colder at various ambient temperatures due to greater resistance than is normal will increase the range between these two sensors. Measure and record the resistance of the IAT sensor at various ambient temperatures, then compare those measurements to the Temperature vs Resistance table. Refer to «Temperature Versus Resistance (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-engine-coolant-temperature) .
3. A slight to moderate resistance in the IAT sensor signal circuit or low reference circuit will increase the range between these two sensors. This condition results in a greater voltage on the IAT sensor signal circuit, which is interpreted by the ECM as a colder IAT.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition OFF, inspect the cooling system surge tank for the proper coolant level. Refer to «Cooling System Leak Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system__cooling-system-leak-testing) , and «Cooling System Draining and Filling (GE 47716)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system) , «Cooling System Draining and Filling (Static Fill)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system) .
2. Ignition OFF for 8 hours or greater.
3. Ignition ON, observe the scan tool IAT and ECT sensor parameters. The ECT, IAT, and ambient temperature should be within 15°C (27°F) of each other.
4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the ECT sensor.
2. Ignition OFF for 90 seconds, test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
3. Ignition ON, verify the scan tool ECT parameter is colder than -39°C (-38°F). If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit terminal 1 for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Install a 3A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 1 and the low reference circuit terminal 2. Verify the scan tool ECT parameter is greater than 149°C (300°F). If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the ECT sensor.

Measure and record the resistance of the ECT sensor at various ambient temperatures, then compare those measurements to the Temperature Versus Resistance (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor) table.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

ECT Sensor

The engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor is a variable resistor that measures the temperature of the engine coolant. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 volts to the ECT sensor signal circuit and supplies a ground for the low reference circuit.

P0117

1. The engine run time is greater than 10 seconds. OR The ignition is ON and the IAT parameter is colder than 90°C (194°F).
2. The DTC runs continuously when one of the above conditions is met.

P0118

1. The engine is running for greater than 10 seconds. OR The ignition is ON and the IAT parameter is warmer than 0°C (32°F).
2. The DTC runs continuously when one of the above conditions is met.

P0117

The ECM detects that the ECT sensor parameter is warmer than 149°C (300°F) for greater than 5 seconds.

P0118

The ECM detects that the ECT sensor parameter is colder than -39°C (-38°F) for greater than 5 seconds.

DTCs P0117 and P0118 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0117 and P0118 are Type B DTCs.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON, observe the ECT Sensor parameter. The reading should be between -37 to +139°C (-35 to +282°F).
2. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the ECT sensor.
2. Ignition OFF for 90 seconds, test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
3. Ignition ON, verify the scan tool ECT parameter is colder than -39°C (-38°F). If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit terminal 1 for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Install a 3A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 1 and the low reference circuit terminal 2. Verify the scan tool ECT parameter is greater than 149°C (300°F). If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the ECT sensor.

Measure and record the resistance of the ECT sensor at various ambient temperatures, then compare those measurements to the Temperature Versus Resistance (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor) table.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

TP Sensor 1

TP Sensor 2

The throttle body assembly contains 2 throttle position (TP) sensors. The TP sensors are mounted to the throttle body assembly and are not serviceable. The TP sensors provide a signal voltage that changes relative to throttle blade angle. The engine control module (ECM) supplies the TP sensors with a common 5 V reference circuit, a common low reference circuit, and two independent signal circuits.

The TP sensors have opposite functionality. TP sensor 1 signal voltage decreases and TP sensor 2 signal voltage increases as the accelerator pedal increases to wide open throttle (WOT).

P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, and P0223

1. DTC P0641 or P0651 is not set.
2. The run/crank or powertrain relay voltage is greater than 6 V and reduced power is not active.
3. The ignition is ON or the engine is operating.
4. DTC P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223 run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0121

1. DTCs P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0128, P0315, P0335, or P0336 is not set.
2. The engine speed is between 400-6, 350 RPM.
3. The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is between 70-125°C (158-257°F).
4. The intake air temperature (IAT) is between -20 to +125°C (-4 to +257°F).
5. DTC P0121 runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P2135

1. DTC P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223, or P0651 is not set.
2. The run/crank or powertrain relay voltage is greater than 6 V and reduced power is not active.
3. The ignition is ON or the engine is operating.
4. DTC P2135 runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0120

The ECM detects the TP sensor 1 voltage is less than 0.325 V or greater than 4.75 V for greater than 1 s.

P0121

The ECM detects the TP sensor is stuck within range for greater than 1 s.

P0122

The ECM detects the TP sensor 1 voltage is less than 0.325 V for greater than 1 s.

P0123

The ECM detects the TP sensor 1 voltage is greater than 4.75 V for greater than 1 s.

P0220

The ECM detects the TP sensor 2 voltage is less than 0.25 V or greater than 4.59 V for greater than 1 s.

P0222

The ECM detects that the TP sensor 2 voltage is less than 0.25 V for greater than 1 s.

P0223

The ECM detects the TP sensor 2 voltage is greater than 4.59 V for greater than 1 s.

P2135

The ECM detects the difference between the TP sensor 1 and TP sensor 2 exceeds a predetermined value for greater than 1 s.

1. DTC P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223, and P2135 are Type A DTCs.
2. DTC P0121 is a Type B DTC.
3. The ECM commands the TAC system to operate in the Reduced Engine Power mode.
4. A message center or an indicator displays Reduced Engine Power.
5. Under certain conditions the control module commands the engine OFF.

DTCs P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223, and P2135 are Type A DTCs.

DTC P0121 is a Type B DTC.

1. If the Throttle Sweep Test is not available on the scan tool, observe the scan tool TP Sensor 1 and 2 Agree/Disagree parameter while performing the following tests: Slowly depress the accelerator pedal to WOT and then slowly return the pedal to closed throttle. Repeat the procedure several times. Rapidly depress the accelerator pedal from the rest position to the wide open throttle position (WOT) and release pedal. Repeat the procedure several times. The TP Sensor 1 and 2 Agree/Disagree parameter should display Agree. If Disagree is displayed, continue diagnosis in Circuit/System Testing.
2. A high resistance condition on the throttle position and throttle actuator control circuits could cause a DTC to set.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. If you were sent here from DTC P0068, P0101, P0106, or P1101 refer to Circuit/System Testing.
2. Ignition ON.
3. Verify that DTC P0641 or P0651 is not set. If any of the DTCs are set Refer to «DTC P0641 or P0651»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) for further diagnosis. If none of the DTCs are set
4. Verify the scan tool TB Idle Airflow Compensation parameter is less than 90 %. 90 % or greater Refer to «Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions__throttle-body-inspection-and-cleaning) . If less than 90 %
5. Verify the scan tool TP Sensor 1 and TP Sensor 2 voltage parameters are between 1.0-4.0 V and change with accelerator pedal input. If not between 1.0-4.0 V or does not change Refer to Circuit/System Testing If between 1.0-4.0 V and changes
6. Verify the scan tool TP Sensors 1 and 2 Agree/Disagree parameter displays Agree while performing the Throttle Sweep Test with a scan tool. If Disagree Refer to Circuit/System Testing If Agree
7. Clear the DTCs with the scan tool. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC or within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records.
8. Ignition ON.
9. Verify that DTC P0120 or P0220 are not the only TP sensor DTCs set. If DTC P0120 or P0220 are the only DTCs set Replace the engine control module If DTC P0120 or P0220 are not set
10. Verify DTC P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223, and P2135 is not set. If any of the DTCs are set Refer to Circuit/System Testing If none of the DTCs are set
11. Determine the current vehicle testing altitude.
12. Verify the scan tool MAP Sensor pressure parameter is within range specified in the «Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-specifications__altitude-versus-barometric-pressure) table. The MAP Sensor pressure is not in range Refer to «DTC P0106»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . The MAP Sensor pressure is within range
13. Engine idling.
14. Verify the scan tool MAP Sensor pressure parameter is between 26-52 kPa (3.8-7.5 psi) and changes with accelerator pedal input. If not between 26-52 kPa (3.8-7.5 psi) or does not change Refer to «DTC P0106»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If between 26-52 kPa (3.8-7.5 psi) and changes
15. Verify the scan tool MAF Sensor g/s parameter changes smoothly and gradually as the engine speed is increased and decreased while performing the actions listed below. Engine idling Perform the scan tool snapshot function. Increase the engine speed slowly to 3, 000 RPM and then back to idle. Exit from the scan tool snapshot and review the data. Observe the MAF Sensor parameter frame by frame with a scan tool. The MAF Sensor parameter does not change smoothly and gradually Refer to «DTC P0101»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) The MAF Sensor parameter changes smoothly and gradually
16. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
17. Verify the DTC does not set. If the DTC sets Refer to Circuit/System Testing If the DTC does not set
18. All OK

1. Ignition OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at Q38 throttle body assembly. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal C and ground. If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the low reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 engine control module. If less than 5 ohms
3. Ignition ON.
4. Test for 4.8-5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal E and ground. If less than 4.8 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the 5 V reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 engine control module. If greater than 5.2 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K20 engine control module. If between 4.8-5.2 V
5. Ignition ON.
6. Test for less than 1 V between the TP sensor 1 signal circuit terminal D and ground. If 1.0 V or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K20 engine control module. If 1.0 V or less
7. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between TP sensor 1 signal circuit terminal D and the 5 V reference circuit terminal E.
8. Verify the scan tool TP sensor 1 voltage parameter is greater than 4.8 V. If 4.8 V or less Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 engine control module. If 4.8 or greater
9. Test for 4.8-5.2 V between the TP sensor 2 signal circuit terminal F and ground. If less than 4.8 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 engine control module. If greater than 5.2 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K20 engine control module. If between 4.8-5.2 V
10. Test or replace the Q38 throttle body assembly.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

1. «Throttle Body Assembly Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

ECT Sensor

The engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor is a variable resistor that measures the temperature of the engine coolant. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 volts to the ECT sensor signal circuit and supplies a ground to the low reference circuit. The purpose of this diagnostic is to analyze the performance of the thermostat by using the ECT sensor to determine if the engine coolant will increase at the correct rate, and also meet the calibrated target temperatures under various operating conditions. The ECM uses the start-up ECT and the start-up intake air temperature (IAT) to begin the diagnostic calculation. The air flow into the engine is accumulated, and vehicle speed, distance, and engine run time are also factored in to determine if the ECT does increase normally and reach the calibrated target temperatures.

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0112, P0113, P0117, or P0118 are not set.
2. The start-up ECT is colder than 75°C (167°F).
3. The IAT Sensor is warmer than -7°C (+19°F).
4. The engine run time is between 30-1, 800 seconds.
5. The vehicle is driven greater than 0.8 kilometer (0.5 mile) at greater than 8 km/h (5 mph).
6. The DTC runs once per ignition cycle when the above conditions are met.

The ECM detects that the actual amount of accumulated air flow is greater than the predicted amount of accumulated air flow before the ECT reaches 80°C (176°F).

DTC P0128 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P0128 is a Type B DTC.

1. DTC P0128 occurring with insufficient vehicle interior heating is an indication of improper thermostat operation.
2. Inspect the ECT sensor terminals and the ECT harness connector for corrosion. This condition results in a greater voltage on the ECT sensor signal circuit, which is interpreted by the ECM as a colder ECT.
3. This diagnostic runs in a specific range. Measure and record the resistance of the ECT sensor at various ambient temperatures between -7 to +80°C (+19 to +176°F), then compare those measurements to the «Temperature Versus Resistance (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-engine-coolant-temperature) table.
4. A slight to moderate resistance in the ECT sensor signal circuit or low reference circuit will affect this diagnostic. This condition results in a greater voltage on the ECT sensor signal circuit, which is interpreted by the ECM as a colder ECT.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition OFF, inspect the cooling system surge tank for the proper coolant level. Refer to «Cooling System Leak Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system__cooling-system-leak-testing) , and «Cooling System Draining and Filling (GE 47716)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system) , «Cooling System Draining and Filling (Static Fill)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system) .
2. Ignition OFF for 8 hours or greater.
3. Ignition ON, observe the scan tool IAT Sensor and ECT Sensor parameters. The ECT, IAT, and ambient temperatures should be within 15°C (27°F) of each other.
4. Use the scan tool to verify the proper operation of the engine cooling system fans.
5. Verify the proper heat range and the operation of the thermostat. Refer to «Thermostat Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system) .
6. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the ECT sensor.
2. Ignition OFF for 90 seconds, test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
3. Ignition ON, verify the scan tool ECT Sensor parameter is colder than -39°C (-38°F). If warmer than the specified range, test the signal circuit terminal 1 for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Install a 3A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 1 and the low reference circuit terminal 2. Verify the scan tool ECT Sensor parameter is warmer than 149°C (300°F). If colder than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the ECT sensor.

Measure and record the resistance of the ECT sensor at various ambient temperatures, then compare those measurements to the Temperature Versus Resistance (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor) table.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 1

HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 2

HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 1

HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 2

Heated oxygen sensors (HO2S) are used for fuel control and post catalyst monitoring. Each HO2S compares the oxygen content of the surrounding air with the oxygen content in the exhaust stream. The HO2S must reach operating temperature to provide an accurate voltage signal. Heating elements inside the HO2S minimize the time required for the sensors to reach operating temperature. The engine control module (ECM) supplies the HO2S with a reference, or bias, voltage of about 450 mV. When the engine is first started, the ECM operates in Open Loop, ignoring the HO2S voltage signal. Once the HO2S reaches operating temperature and Closed Loop is achieved, the HO2S generates a voltage within a range of 0-1, 000 mV that fluctuates above and below bias voltage. High HO2S voltage indicates a rich exhaust stream. Low HO2S voltage indicates a lean exhaust stream.

P0131 and P0137

1. DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The scan tool special functions are not active.
4. The Air Fuel Ratio parameter is between 0.9-1.1.
5. The TP Indicated Angle parameter is between 3-45 percent.
6. The Loop Status parameter is closed.
7. The traction control is not active.
8. The above conditions must be met for at least 5 seconds.

P0132 and P0138

1. DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The scan tool special functions are not active.
4. The TP Indicated Angle parameter is between 3-45 percent.
5. The Air Fuel Ratio parameter is between 0.9-1.1.
6. The above conditions must be met for at least 3 seconds.

P0131

1. The ECM detects that the HO2S 1 signal voltage is less than 50 mV for more than 25 seconds.
2. This diagnostic runs continuously.

P0132

1. The ECM detects that the HO2S 1 signal voltage is more than 1, 050 mV for more than 20 seconds.
2. This diagnostic runs continuously.

P0137

1. The ECM detects that the HO2S 2 signal voltage remains below 50 mV for more than 120 seconds.
2. This diagnostic runs continuously.

P0138

1. The HO2S 2 voltage is more than 1, 050 mV for longer than 96 seconds.
2. This diagnostic runs continuously.

DTCs P0131, P0132, P0137, and P0138 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0131, P0132, P0137, and P0138 are Type B DTCs.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__heated-oxygen-sensor-wiring-repairs)
4. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
5. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. If any HO2S heater DTCs are set, perform those diagnostics first.
2. Allow the engine to reach operating temperature.
3. Engine running, observe the affected HO2S parameter with a scan tool. The pre-catalyst oxygen sensors value should vary from below 200 mV to above 800 mV and respond to fueling changes. The post-catalyst oxygen sensors value should change more than 200 mV when the throttle is quickly cycled 3 times from closed to wide open and back to closed after running the engine at 1, 500 RPM for 30 seconds.
4. The affected HO2S may be damaged due to contamination. Prior to replace the affected HO2S, inspect for the following sources of contamination: CAUTION: Refer to «Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Caution»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#dangers-warnings-and-cautions__silicon-contamination-of-heated-oxygen-sensors) . A silicon contaminated HO2S Fuel contamination-Refer to «Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . Engine oil consumption-Refer to «Oil Consumption Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__oil-consumption-diagnosis) . Engine coolant consumption-Refer to «Loss of Coolant»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system__loss-of-coolant) .
5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

Note. All modules must be powered down or misdiagnosis may result.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the scan tool and wait 60 seconds to ensure all modules are powered down.
2. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate HO2S.
3. Ignition OFF, measure for less than 5 ohms between the appropriate HO2S low signal circuit terminal A and ground. If more than the specified range, test the appropriate HO2S low signal circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Ignition ON, verify the appropriate scan tool HO2S parameter is approximately 450 mV. If more than the specified value, test the appropriate HO2S high signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM. If less than the specified value, test the appropriate HO2S high signal circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. Ignition ON, install a 3A fused jumper wire at the HO2S high signal circuit terminal B. Toggle the jumper wire between the HO2S low signal circuit terminal A and the battery voltage. Verify the appropriate scan tool HO2S parameter toggles between 0 mV and approximately 1, 000 mV. If the appropriate scan tool HO2S parameter does not toggle correctly, test the HO2S high signal circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuits test normal, replace the ECM.
6. If all circuits test normal, replace the appropriate HO2S.

Note. For DTC P0131 and P0132, in order to ensure that the performance of the catalyst has not been affected by the fault that set this DTC, operate the vehicle within the conditions for running and setting DTC P0420 and P0430, and verify that P0420 and P0430 run and pass. Refer to DTC P0420 or P0430 .

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Bank 1 Sensor 1»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Bank 1 Sensor 2»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 1

HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 2

HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 1

HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 2

Heated oxygen sensors (HO2S) are used for fuel control and post catalyst monitoring. Each HO2S compares the oxygen content of the surrounding air with the oxygen content in the exhaust stream. The HO2S must reach operating temperature to provide an accurate voltage signal. Heating elements inside the HO2S minimize the time required for the sensors to reach operating temperature. The engine control module (ECM) supplies the HO2S with a reference, or bias, voltage of about 450 mV. When the engine is first started, the ECM operates in Open Loop, ignoring the HO2S voltage signal. Once the HO2S reaches operating temperature and Closed Loop is achieved, the HO2S generates a voltage within a range of 0-1, 000 mV that fluctuates above and below bias voltage. High HO2S voltage indicates a rich exhaust stream. Low HO2S voltage indicates a lean exhaust stream.

P0133

1. DTCs P0030, P0053, P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0131, P0132, P0134, P0135, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not set.
2. DTCs P0050, P0059, P0155, where applicable, are not set.
3. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
4. The scan tool special functions are not active.
5. The HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 1 Heater command parameter is ON for greater than 40 seconds.
6. The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor parameter is greater than -40°C (-40°F).
7. The ECT sensor parameter is greater than 65°C (149°F).
8. The Engine Run Time parameter is more than 60 seconds.
9. The vehicle is not in Park, Reverse, or Neutral.
10. The Loop Status parameter is closed.
11. The MAF sensor parameter is between 17-37 g/s.
12. The TP Indicated Angle parameter is greater than 3.5 percent.
13. The Engine Speed parameter is between 1, 250-2, 550 RPM.
14. The evaporative emission (EVAP) system is purging.
15. The Barometric (BARO) parameter is at least 69.8 kPa.
16. The above conditions have been met for 3 seconds.

P0134

1. DTCs P0030, P0053, P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The scan tool special functions are not active.
4. The Engine Run Time parameter is greater than 2 minutes.

P013A

1. DTCs P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0137, P0138, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P0140, P0141, P0171, P0172, P0201-P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300-P0306, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0455, P0496, P1133, P1174, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2270, P2271, P2A00 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The learned heater resistance is valid.
4. The fuel level is more than 10 percent or the fuel level data fault is active.
5. Engine run time is equal to or more than 60 seconds.
6. DFCO is active.
7. The accelerator pedal position (APP) is stable.
8. The torque converter clutch (TCC) is locked.
9. DTCs P013E and P2270 have run and passed.
10. This DTC runs once per trip.

P013B

1. DTCs P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0137, P0138, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P0140, P0141, P0171, P0172, P0201-P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300-P0306, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0455, P0496, P1133, P1174, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2270, P2271, P2A00 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The learned heater resistance is valid.
4. The fuel level is more than 10 percent, or the fuel level data fault is active.
5. Engine run time is equal to or more than 60 seconds.
6. DTCs P013A, P013E, P013F, P2270, and P2271 have run and passed.
7. This DTC runs once per trip.

P013E

1. DTCs P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0137, P0138, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P0140, P0141, P0171, P0172, P0201-P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300-P0306, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0455, P0496, P1133, P1174, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2270, P2271, P2A00 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The learned heater resistance is valid.
4. The fuel level is more than 10 percent, or the fuel level data fault is active.
5. Engine run time is equal to or more than 60 seconds. THEN
6. DFCO is active.
7. The APP is stable.
8. The TCC is locked.
9. DTC P2270 has run and passed.
10. This DTC runs once per trip.

P013F

1. P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0137, P0138, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P0140, P0141, P0171, P0172, P0201-P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300-P0306, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0455, P0496, P1133, P1174, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2270, P2271, P2A00 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The learned heater resistance is valid.
4. The fuel level is more than 10 percent or the fuel level data fault is active.
5. Engine run time is equal to or more than 60 seconds. THEN
6. DTCs P013A, P013E, P2270, and P2271 have run and passed.
7. This DTC runs once per trip.

P0140 - Fast Pass Test

1. DTCs P0036, P0054, P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The scan tool special functions are not active.
4. The Engine Run Time parameter is less than 90 seconds.

P0140 - Regular Test

1. DTCs P0036, P0054, P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The Fast Pass Test has failed.
4. The scan tool special functions are not active.
5. The Engine Run Time parameter is greater than 124 seconds.
6. The TP Indicated Angle parameter has changed more than 3 percent at least 1 time.
7. The Loop Status parameter is closed.

P1133

1. DTCs P0030, P0053, P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0131, P0132, P0134, P0135, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2A00 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The scan tool special functions are not active.
4. The HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 1 Heater command parameter is ON for greater than 40 seconds.
5. The ECT Sensor parameter is greater than 65°C (149°F).
6. The IAT parameter is greater than -40°C (-40°F).
7. The Engine Run Time parameter is greater than 60 seconds.
8. The EVAP purge solenoid is commanded ON.
9. The MAF sensor parameter is between 17-37 g/s.
10. The Engine Speed parameter is between 1, 250-2, 550 RPM.
11. The TP Indicated Angle parameter is greater than 3.5 percent.
12. The Loop Status parameter is closed.
13. The BARO parameter is at least 69.8 kPa.
14. The Fuel Level parameter is greater than 10 percent.
15. The vehicle is not in Park, Reverse, or Neutral.
16. The above conditions have been met for 3 seconds.

P2270

1. DTCs P0030, P0053, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0171, P0172, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1133, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2271, P2A00 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18V.
3. The Fuel Level parameter is greater than 10 percent.
4. The engine run time is more than 60 seconds.
5. The engine speed is between 1, 250-1, 750 RPM.
6. Airflow is equal to or more than 3 g/s and equal to or less than 12 g/s.
7. The vehicle speed is equal to or more than 70 km/h (43.5 mph) and equal to or less than 120 km/h (74.6 mph).
8. The short term fuel trim is between 0.84-1.06.
9. The fuel state is in Closed Loop.
10. The HO2S heater ON time is greater than 180 seconds.
11. The Decel Fuel Cut-Off (DFCO) parameter is active.
12. This DTC runs once per trip when all of the above conditions have been met for 1 second.

P2271

1. DTCs P0030, P0053, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0171, P0172, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1133, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2270, or P2A00 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18V.
3. The Fuel Level parameter is greater than 10 percent.
4. The engine run time is more than 60 seconds.
5. The DFCO parameter is active.
6. The Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Indicated Angle parameter is 0 percent.
7. The Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Duty Cycle parameter is 100 percent.
8. DTC P2270 has run and passed.
9. This DTC runs once per trip.

P2A00

1. DTCs P0030, P0053, P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0151, P0152, P0153, P0154, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1133, P1153, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2176, P2A03 are not set.
2. The Engine Run Time parameter is more than 100 seconds.
3. The MAF Sensor parameter is between 5-30 g/s.
4. The Engine Speed parameter is between 500-3, 000 RPM.
5. The ECT Sensor parameter is more than 65°C (149°F).
6. The DFCO parameter is inactive.
7. The Power Enrichment (PE) parameter is inactive.
8. The Ignition 1 Signal parameter is between 10-18 volts.
9. DTC P2A00 runs continuously when the above conditions are met for 5 seconds.

P0133

1. The ECM detects that the HO2S 1 rich-to-lean and lean-to-rich transition time takes longer than a calibrated value.
2. The lean voltage threshold is 350 mV.
3. The rich voltage threshold is 600 mV.
4. This diagnostic runs once per trip.

P0134

1. The ECM detects that the HO2S 1 signal voltage is between 380-525 mV for more than 30 seconds.
2. This diagnostic runs continuously.

P013A

The ECM detects that the accumulated mass air flow monitored during rich-to-lean transitions between 450-150 mV is more than 30 grams.

P013B

The ECM detects that the accumulated mass air flow monitored during lean-to-rich transitions between 350-650 mV is more than 22 grams.

P013E

1. The ECM detects that the O2 sensor cannot achieve voltage below 450 mV. AND
2. The ECM detects that the accumulated air flow monitored during the rich to lean transition is more than 30 grams.

P013F

1. The ECM detects that the O2 sensor cannot achieve voltage above 350 mV. AND
2. The ECM detects that the accumulated air flow monitored during the lean to rich transition is more than 50 grams.

P0140 - Fast Pass Test

During the fast pass, the HO2S 2 voltage is between 350-550 mV for longer than 18 seconds within the first 90 seconds of engine run time. If the fast pass test does not report a pass, then the regular test is initiated.

P0140 - Regular Test

1. During the regular test, the HO2S 2 voltage is between 380-525 mV for at least 120 seconds.
2. This diagnostic runs once per trip.

P1133

1. The ECM detects that the HO2S 1 voltage did not have enough switches from rich-to-lean and lean-to-rich during a 70 second monitoring period.
2. This diagnostic runs once per trip.

P2270

1. The ECM detects that the O2 sensor voltage is less than 775 mV. AND
2. The ECM detects that the accumulated mass air flow monitored during the Stuck Lean Voltage Test is more than 44 grams.

P2271

1. The ECM detects that the O2 sensor voltage is greater than 100 mV. AND
2. The ECM detects that the accumulated mass air flow monitored during the Stuck Rich Voltage Test is more than 34 grams.

P2A00

1. The ECM detects that the Loop Status is open.
2. The ECM detects that the HO2S 1 voltage signal remains between 350-550 mV for more than 10 seconds.
3. This diagnostic runs continuously.

DTCs P0133, P0134, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P0140, P1133, P2270, P2271, and P2A00 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0133, P0134, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P0140, P1133, P2270, P2271, and P2A00 are Type B DTCs.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__heated-oxygen-sensor-wiring-repairs)
4. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
5. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. If any HO2S heater DTCs are set, perform those diagnostics first.
2. Allow the engine to reach operating temperature.
3. Engine running, observe the affected HO2S parameter with a scan tool. The pre-catalyst oxygen sensors value should vary from below 200 mV to above 800 mV and respond to fueling changes. The post-catalyst oxygen sensors value should change more than 200 mV when the throttle is quickly cycled 3 times from closed to wide open and back to closed after running the engine at 1, 500 RPM for 30 seconds.
4. The affected HO2S may be damaged due to contamination. Prior to replacing the affected HO2S, inspect for the following sources of contamination.
5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data. CAUTION: Refer to «Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Caution»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#dangers-warnings-and-cautions__silicon-contamination-of-heated-oxygen-sensors) . A silicon contaminated HO2S Fuel contamination-Refer to «Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . Engine oil consumption-Refer to «Oil Consumption Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__oil-consumption-diagnosis) . Engine coolant consumption-Refer to «Loss of Coolant»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system__loss-of-coolant) .

Note. All modules must be powered down or misdiagnosis may result.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the scan tool and wait 60 seconds to ensure all modules are powered down.
2. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate HO2S.
3. Ignition OFF, measure for less than 5 ohms between the appropriate HO2S low signal circuit terminal A and ground. If more than the specified range, test the appropriate HO2S low signal circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Ignition ON, verify the appropriate scan tool HO2S parameter is approximately 450 mV. If more than the specified value, test the appropriate HO2S high signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM. If less than the specified value, test the appropriate HO2S high signal circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. Ignition ON, install a 3A fused jumper wire at the HO2S high signal circuit terminal B. Toggle the jumper wire between the HO2S low signal circuit terminal A and battery voltage. Verify the appropriate scan tool HO2S parameter toggles between 0 mV and approximately 1, 000 mV. If the appropriate scan tool HO2S parameter does not toggle correctly, test the HO2S high signal circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuits test normal, replace the ECM.
6. If all circuits test normal, replace the appropriate HO2S.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure

1. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Bank 1 Sensor 1»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Bank 1 Sensor 2»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 1

HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 2

HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 1

HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 2

Heated oxygen sensors (HO2S) are used for fuel control and post catalyst monitoring. Each HO2S compares the oxygen content of the surrounding air with the oxygen content in the exhaust stream. The HO2S must reach operating temperature to provide an accurate voltage signal. Heating elements inside the HO2S minimize the time required for the sensors to reach operating temperature. The engine control module (ECM) supplies the HO2S with a reference, or bias, voltage of about 450 mV. When the engine is first started the ECM operates in Open Loop, ignoring the HO2S voltage signal. Once the HO2S reaches operating temperature and Closed Loop is achieved, the HO2S generates a voltage within a range of 0-1, 000 mV that fluctuates above and below bias voltage. High HO2S voltage indicates a rich exhaust stream. Low HO2S voltage indicates a lean exhaust stream.

P013C

1. DTCs P0050, P0056, P0059, P0060, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0151, P0152, P0153, P0154, P0155, P0157, P0158, P013C, P013D, P014A, P014B, P0160, P0161, P0174, P0175, P0201-P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300-P0306, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0455, P0496, P1153, P1175, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2272, P2273, P2A03 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The learned heater resistance is valid.
4. The fuel level is more than 10 percent or the fuel level data fault is active.
5. The engine run time is equal to or more than 60 seconds. THEN
6. DFCO is active.
7. The accelerator pedal position (APP) is stable.
8. The torque converter clutch (TCC) is locked.
9. DTCs P014A and P2272 have run and passed.
10. This DTC runs once per trip.

P013D

1. DTCs P0050, P0056, P0059, P0060, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0151, P0152, P0153, P0154, P0155, P0157, P0158, P013C, P013D, P014A, P014B, P0160, P0161, P0174, P0175, P0201-P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300-P0306, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0455, P0496, P1153, P1175, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2272, P2273, P2A03 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The learned heater resistance is valid.
4. The fuel level is more than 10 percent, or the fuel level data fault is active.
5. The engine run time is equal to or more than 60 seconds. THEN
6. DTCs P013C, P014A, P014B, P2272 and P2273 have run and passed.
7. This DTC runs once per trip.

P014A

1. DTCs P0050, P0056, P0059, P0060, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0151, P0152, P0153, P0154, P0155, P0157, P0158, P013C, P013D, P014A, P014B, P0160, P0161, P0174, P0175, P0201-P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300-P0306, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0455, P0496, P1153, P1175, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2272, P2273, P2A03 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The learned heater resistance is valid.
4. The fuel level is more than 10 percent, or the fuel level data fault is active.
5. The engine run time is equal to or more than 40 seconds. THEN
6. DFCO is active.
7. The APP is stable.
8. The TCC is locked.
9. DTC P2272 has run and passed.
10. This DTC runs once per trip.

P014B

1. DTCs P0050, P0056, P0059, P0060, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0151, P0152, P0153, P0154, P0155, P0157, P0158, P013C, P013D, P014A, P014B, P0160, P0161, P0174, P0175, P0201-P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300-P0306, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0455, P0496, P1153, P1175, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2272, P2273, P2A03 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The learned heater resistance is valid.
4. The fuel level is more than 10 percent, or the fuel level data fault is active.
5. The engine run time is equal to or more than 40 seconds. THEN
6. DTCs P013C, P014A, P2272 and P2273 have run and passed.
7. This DTC runs once per trip.

P0153

1. DTCs P0036, P0054, P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0151, P0152, P0154, P0155, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The scan tool special functions are not active.
4. The HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 1 Heater command parameter is ON for greater than 40 seconds.
5. The ECT sensor parameter is greater than 65°C (149°F).
6. The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor parameter is greater than -40°C (-40°F).
7. The Engine Run Time parameter is greater than 60 seconds.
8. The vehicle is not in Park, Reverse, or Neutral.
9. The Loop Status parameter is closed.
10. The mass air flow (MAF) sensor parameter is between 17-37 g/s.
11. The TP Indicated Angle parameter is greater than 3.5 percent.
12. The Engine Speed parameter is between 1, 250-2, 550 RPM.
13. The evaporative emission (EVAP) system is purging.
14. The Barometric (BARO) parameter is at least 69.8 kPa.
15. The above conditions have been met for 3 seconds.

P0154

1. DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The scan tool special functions are not active.
4. The Engine Run time parameter is greater than 2 minutes.

P0160 - Fast Pass Test

1. DTCs P0056, P0060, P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0141, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2135, P2176 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The scan tool special functions are not active.
4. The Engine Run Time parameter is less than 90 seconds.

P0160 - Regular Test

1. DTCs P0056, P0060, P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0141, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The scan tool special functions are not active.
4. The Fast Pass Test has failed.
5. The Engine Run Time parameter is greater than 124 seconds.
6. The TP Indicated Angle parameter has changed more than 3 percent at least 1 time.
7. The Loop Status parameter is closed.

P1153

1. DTCs P0050, P0059, P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0151, P0152, P0154, P0155, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2A03 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The scan tool special functions are not active.
4. The HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 1 Heater command parameter is ON for greater than 40 seconds.
5. The ECT Sensor parameter is greater than 65°C (149°F).
6. The IAT Sensor parameter is greater than -40°C (-40°F).
7. The Engine Run Time parameter is greater than 60 seconds.
8. The EVAP purge solenoid is commanded ON.
9. The MAF sensor parameter is between 17-37 g/s.
10. The Engine Speed parameter is between 1, 250-2, 550 RPM.
11. The TP Indicated Angle parameter is greater than 3.5 percent.
12. The Loop Status parameter is closed.
13. The BARO parameter is at least 69.8 kPa.
14. The Fuel Level parameter is greater than 10 percent.
15. The vehicle is not in Park, Reverse, or Neutral.
16. The above conditions have been met for 3 seconds.

P2272

1. DTCs P0050, P0059, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0151, P0152, P0153, P0154, P0155, P0174, P0175, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1153, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2273, P2A03 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18V.
3. The Fuel Level parameter is greater than 10 percent.
4. Engine run time is more than 60 seconds.
5. The engine speed is between 1, 250-1, 750 RPM.
6. Airflow is equal to or more than 3 g/s and equal to or less than 12 g/s.
7. The vehicle speed is equal to or more than 70 km/h (43.5 mph) and equal to or less than 120 km/h (74.6 mph).
8. The short term fuel trim is between 0.84-1.06.
9. The fuel state is in Closed Loop.
10. The HO2S heater ON time is greater than 180 seconds.
11. The Decel Fuel Cut-Off (DFCO) parameter is active.
12. This DTC runs once per trip when all of the above conditions have been met for 1 second.

P2273

1. DTCs P0050, P0059, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0151, P0152, P0153, P0154, P0155, P0174, P0175, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1153, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2273, or P2A03 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18V.
3. The Fuel Level parameter is greater than 10 percent.
4. Engine run time is more than 60 seconds.
5. The DFCO parameter is active.
6. The Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Inducted Angle parameter is 0 percent.
7. The Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Duty cycle parameter is 100 percent.
8. DTC P2272 has run and passed.
9. This DTC runs once per trip.

P2A03

1. DTCs P0050, P0059, P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134, P0151, P0152, P0153, P0154, P0155, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1133, P1153, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2A00 are not set.
2. The Engine Run Time parameter is more than 100 seconds.
3. The MAF Sensor parameter is between 5-30 g/s.
4. The Engine Speed parameter is between 500-3, 000 RPM.
5. The ECT Sensor parameter is more than 65°C (149°F).
6. The DFCO parameter is inactive.
7. The Power Enrichment (PE) parameter is inactive.
8. The Ignition 1 Signal parameter is between 10-18 volts.
9. DTC P2A03 runs continuously when the above conditions are met for 5 seconds.

P013C

The ECM detects that the accumulated mass air flow monitored during rich-to-lean transitions between 450-150 mV is more than 30 grams.

P013D

The ECM detects that the accumulated mass air flow monitored during lean-to-rich transitions between 350-650 mV is more than 22 grams.

P014A

1. The ECM detects that the O2 sensor cannot achieve voltage below 450 mV. AND
2. The ECM detects that the accumulated air flow monitored during the rich-to-lean transition is more than 30 grams.

P014B

1. The ECM detects that the O2 sensor cannot achieve voltage below 350 mV. AND
2. The ECM detects that the accumulated air flow monitored during the lean-to-rich transition is more than 50 grams.

P0153

1. The ECM detects that the HO2S 1 rich-to-lean and lean-to-rich transition time takes longer than a calibrated value.
2. The lean voltage threshold is 350 mV.
3. The rich voltage threshold is 600 mV.
4. This diagnostic runs once per trip.

P0154

1. The ECM detects that the HO2S 1 signal voltage is between 380-525 mV for more than 60 seconds.
2. This diagnostic runs continuously.

P0160 - Fast Pass Test

During the fast pass, the HO2S 2 voltage is between 350-550 mV for longer than 18 seconds within the first 90 seconds of engine run time. If the fast pass test does not report a pass, then the regular test is initiated.

P0160 - Regular Test

1. During the regular test, the HO2S 2 voltage is between 380-525 mV for at least 120 seconds.
2. This diagnostic runs once per trip.

P1153

1. The ECM detects that the HO2S 1 voltage did not have enough switches from rich-to-lean and lean-to-rich during an 70-second monitoring period.
2. This diagnostic runs once per trip.

P2272

1. The ECM detects that the O2 sensor voltage is less than 775 mV. AND
2. The ECM detects that the accumulated mass air flow monitored during the Stuck Lean Voltage Test is more than 44 grams.

P2273

1. The ECM detects that the O2 sensor voltage is greater than 100 mV. AND
2. The ECM detects that the accumulated mass air flow monitored during the Stuck Rich Voltage Test is more than 34 grams.

P2A03

1. The ECM detects that the Loop Status is open.
2. The HO2S 1 voltage signal remains between 350-550 mV for more than 10 seconds.
3. This diagnostic runs continuously.

1. DTCs P013C and P013D are Type A DTCs.
2. DTCs P014A, P014B, P0153, P0154, P0160, P2272, P2273, and P2A03 are Type B DTCs.

1. DTCs P013C and P013D are Type A DTCs.
2. DTCs P014A, P014B, P0153, P0154, P0160, P2272, P2273, and P2A03 are Type B DTCs.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__heated-oxygen-sensor-wiring-repairs)
4. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
5. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. If any HO2S heater DTCs are set, perform those diagnostics first.
2. Allow the engine to reach operating temperature.
3. Engine running, observe the affected HO2S parameter with a scan tool. The pre-catalyst oxygen sensors value should vary from below 200 mV to above 800 mV and respond to fueling changes. The post-catalyst oxygen sensors value should change more than 200 mV when the throttle is quickly cycled 3 times from closed to wide open and back to closed after running the engine at 1, 500 RPM for 30 seconds.
4. The affected HO2S may be damaged due to contamination. Prior to replacing the affected HO2S, inspect for the following sources of contamination: CAUTION: Refer to «Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Caution»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#dangers-warnings-and-cautions__silicon-contamination-of-heated-oxygen-sensors) . A silicon contaminated HO2S Fuel contamination-Refer to «Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . Engine oil consumption-Refer to «Oil Consumption Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__oil-consumption-diagnosis) . Engine coolant consumption-Refer to «Loss of Coolant»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system__loss-of-coolant) .
5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

Note. All modules must be powered down or misdiagnosis may result.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the scan tool and wait 60 seconds to ensure all modules are powered down.
2. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate HO2S.
3. Ignition OFF, measure for less than 5 ohms between the appropriate HO2S low signal circuit terminal A and ground. If more than the specified range, test the appropriate HO2S low signal circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Ignition ON, verify the appropriate scan tool HO2S parameter is approximately 450 mV. If more than the specified value, test the appropriate HO2S high signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM. If less than the specified value, test the appropriate HO2S high signal circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. Ignition ON, install a 3A fused jumper wire at the HO2S high signal circuit terminal B. Toggle the jumper wire between the HO2S low signal circuit terminal A and the battery voltage. Verify the appropriate scan tool HO2S parameter toggles between 0 mV and approximately 1, 000 mV. If the appropriate scan tool HO2S parameter does not toggle correctly, test the HO2S high signal circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuits test normal, replace the ECM.
6. If all circuits test normal, replace the appropriate HO2S.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Bank 2 Sensor 1»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Bank 2 Sensor 2»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 1

HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 2

HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 1

HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 2

Heated oxygen sensors (HO2S) are used for fuel control and post catalyst monitoring. Each HO2S compares the oxygen content of the surrounding air with the oxygen content in the exhaust stream. The HO2S must reach operating temperature to provide an accurate voltage signal. Heating elements inside the HO2S minimize the time required for the sensors to reach operating temperature. The engine control module (ECM) supplies the HO2S with a reference, or bias, voltage of about 450 mV. When the engine is first started the ECM operates in Open Loop, ignoring the HO2S voltage signal. Once the HO2S reaches operating temperature and Closed Loop is achieved, the HO2S generates a voltage within a range of 0-1, 000 mV that fluctuates above and below bias voltage. High HO2S voltage indicates a rich exhaust stream. Low HO2S voltage indicates a lean exhaust stream.

P0151 and P0157

1. DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The scan tool special functions are not active.
4. The Air Fuel Ratio parameter is between 0.9-1.1.
5. The TP Indicated Angle parameter is between 3-45 percent.
6. The Loop Status parameter is closed.
7. The traction control is not active.
8. The above conditions must be met for at least 5 seconds.

P0152 and P0158

1. DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The scan tool special functions are not active.
4. The TP Indicated Angle parameter is between 3-45 percent.
5. The Air Fuel Ratio parameter is between 0.9-1.1.
6. The above conditions must be met for at least 3 seconds.

P0151

1. The ECM detects that the HO2S 1 signal voltage is less than 50 mV for more than 25 seconds.
2. This diagnostic runs continuously.

P0152

1. The ECM detects that the HO2S 1 signal voltage is more than 1, 050 mV for more than 20 seconds.
2. This diagnostic runs continuously.

P0157

1. The ECM detects that the HO2S 2 signal voltage remains below 50 mV for more than 120 seconds.
2. This diagnostic runs continuously.

P0158

1. The HO2S 2 voltage is more than 1, 050 mV for longer than 96 seconds.
2. This diagnostic runs continuously.

DTCs P0151, P0152, P0157, and P0158 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0151, P0152, P0157, and P0158 are Type B DTCs.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__heated-oxygen-sensor-wiring-repairs)
4. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
5. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. If any HO2S heater DTCs are set, perform those diagnostics first.
2. Allow the engine to reach operating temperature.
3. Engine running, observe the affected HO2S parameter with a scan tool. The pre-catalyst oxygen sensors value should vary from below 200 mV to above 800 mV and respond to fueling changes. The post-catalyst oxygen sensors value should change more than 200 mV when the throttle is quickly cycled 3 times from closed to wide open and back to closed after running the engine at 1, 500 RPM for 30 seconds.
4. The affected HO2S may be damaged due to contamination. Prior to replacing the affected HO2S, inspect for the following sources of contamination.
5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data. CAUTION: Refer to «Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Caution»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#dangers-warnings-and-cautions__silicon-contamination-of-heated-oxygen-sensors) . A silicon contaminated HO2S Fuel contamination-Refer to «Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . Engine oil consumption-Refer to «Oil Consumption Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__oil-consumption-diagnosis) . Engine coolant consumption-Refer to «Loss of Coolant»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system__loss-of-coolant) .

Note. All modules must be powered down or misdiagnosis may result.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the scan tool and wait 60 seconds to ensure all modules are powered down.
2. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate HO2S.
3. Ignition OFF, measure for less than 5 ohms between the appropriate HO2S low signal circuit terminal A and ground. If more than the specified range, test the appropriate HO2S low signal circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Ignition ON, verify the appropriate scan tool HO2S parameter is approximately 450 mV. If more than the specified value, test the appropriate HO2S high signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM. If less than the specified value, test the appropriate HO2S high signal circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. Ignition ON, install a 3A fused jumper wire at the HO2S high signal circuit terminal B. Toggle the jumper wire between the HO2S low signal circuit terminal A and battery voltage. Verify the appropriate scan tool HO2S parameter toggles between 0 mV and approximately 1, 000 mV. If the appropriate scan tool HO2S parameter does not toggle correctly, test the HO2S high signal circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuits test normal, replace the ECM.
6. If all circuits test normal, replace the appropriate HO2S.

Note. For DTC P0151 and P0152, in order to ensure that the performance of the catalyst has not been affected by the fault that set this DTC, operate the vehicle within the conditions for running and setting DTC P0420 and P0430 and verify that P0420 and P0430 run and pass. Refer to DTC P0420 or P0430 .

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Bank 2 Sensor 1»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Bank 2 Sensor 2»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The engine control module (ECM) controls the air/fuel metering system in order to provide the best possible combination of driveability, fuel economy, and emission control. The ECM monitors the heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) signal voltage and adjusts the fuel delivery based on the signal voltage while in Closed Loop. A change made to the fuel delivery changes the long and short term fuel trim (FT) values. The short term FT values change rapidly in response to the HO2S voltage signals. These changes fine tune the engine fueling. The long term FT makes coarse adjustments in order to maintain an optimum air/fuel ratio. The ideal FT values are around zero percent. A positive FT value indicates that the ECM is adding fuel in order to compensate for a lean condition. A negative FT value indicates that the ECM is reducing the amount of fuel in order to compensate for a rich condition.

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0201-P0206, P0300, P0301-P0306, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0452, P0453, P0455, P0496, P0506, P0507 are not set.
2. The engine is in Closed Loop status.
3. The catalyst monitor intrusive test is not active.
4. The post O2 sensor intrusive test is not active.
5. The device controls are not active.
6. The EVAP tank pull down test is not active.
7. The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is between -38 and +130°C (-36 and +266°F).
8. The intake air temperature (IAT) is between -20 and +150°C (-4 and +302°F).
9. The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) is between 15-256 kPa (2.2-37.1 PSI).
10. The engine speed is between 400-6, 350 RPM.
11. The mass air flow (MAF) is between 1-512 g/s.
12. The barometric pressure (BARO) is more than 70 kPa (10.2 PSI).
13. The fuel level is more than 10 percent.
14. These DTCs run continuously when the above conditions have been met.

1. The long term FT weighted average value is more or less than a calibrated value.
2. The above condition is present for approximately 3 minutes after the conditions for running the DTC have been met.

DTCs P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175 are Type B DTCs.

1. The normal Short Term FT parameter should be between +10 percent and -10 percent, with near 0 percent the optimum, with the engine running at operating temperature.
2. The Long Term FT parameter should be between +10 percent and -10 percent, with near 0 percent the optimum, with the engine running at operating temperature.
3. Certain aftermarket air filters may cause a DTC to set.
4. Certain aftermarket air induction systems or modifications to the air induction system may cause a DTC to set.

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Verify that other DTCs are not set. If any DTCs are set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) .
2. Allow the engine to reach operating temperature. With the engine running, observe the HO2S parameter with a scan tool. The HO2S value should vary from approximately 40 mV to approximately 900 mV, and respond to fueling changes. If the value does not vary from approximately 40 mV to approximately 900 mV, refer to «DTC P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0135, or P0141»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) ,, «DTC P0050, P0056, P0059, P0060, P0155, or P0161»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) ,, «DTC P0131, P0132, P0137, or P0138»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) ,, «DTC P0151, P0152, P0157, or P0158»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) ,, «DTC P0133, P0134, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P0140, P1133, P2270, P2271, or P2A00»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) ,, or «DTC P013C, P013D, P014A, P014B, P0153, P0154, P0160, P1153, P2272, P2273, or P2A03»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .

P0171

Note. EVAP purge enablement may cause the FT to be momentarily outside the normal range.

Allow the engine to reach operating temperature. With the engine running, observe the Long Term FT parameter with a scan tool. The reading should be between 0-20 percent.

1. If above the specified range, inspect for the following

1. With the ignition ON and the engine OFF, observe the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor parameter. The MAP sensor pressure should be within the range specified for your altitude. Refer to «Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-specifications__altitude-versus-barometric-pressure) . If the MAP sensor does not indicate the correct barometric pressure, refer to «DTC P0106»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
2. With the engine idling, observe the mass air flow (MAF) sensor parameter. The MAF sensor parameter should be between 2-6 g/s at idle. If the MAF sensor parameter is not between 2-6 g/s at idle, refer to «DTC P0101»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) , or «DTC P0102 or P0103»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
3. Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, and improper connections
4. Insufficient fuel in the tank
5. Low fuel pressure-Refer to «Fuel System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
6. Ethanol concentration greater than 15 percent-Refer to «Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
7. Fuel contamination-Refer to «Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
8. Malfunctioning fuel injectors-Refer to «Fuel Injector Solenoid Coil Test»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
9. Missing, loose, or leaking exhaust components from the HO2S forward-Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system__symptoms-engine-exhaust) .
10. Vacuum leaks at the intake manifold, the throttle body, and the injector O-rings
11. The air induction system and the air intake ducts for leaks or for a missing air filter element
12. A cracked EVAP canister
13. Evaporative pipes obstructed or leaking
14. The crankcase ventilation system for leaks-Refer to «Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
15. The HO2S for improper installation and for electrical wires or connectors that may have contacted the exhaust system
16. The HO2S signal circuit open, shorted to ground, or shorted to the low reference circuit
17. Malfunctioning engine components-Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Mechanical»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .

P0172

Note. EVAP purge enablement may cause the FT to be momentarily outside the normal range.

Allow the engine to reach operating temperature. With the engine running, observe the Long Term FT parameter with a scan tool. The reading should be between -20 and 0 percent.

1. If below the specified range, inspect for the following

1. With the engine idling and the transmission in the Park or Neutral position, observe the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor parameter. The MAP sensor parameter should be between 19-42 kPa. If the MAP sensor parameter is not between 19-42 kPa, refer to «DTC P0106»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
2. With the engine idling, observe the mass air flow (MAF) sensor parameter. The MAF sensor parameter should be between 2-6 g/s at idle. If the MAF sensor parameter is not between 2-6 g/s at idle, refer to «DTC P0101»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) , or «DTC P0102 or P0103»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
3. Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, and improper connections
4. The air intake duct for being collapsed or restricted
5. The air filter for being dirty or restricted
6. Objects blocking the throttle body
7. Excessive fuel in the crankcase due to leaking fuel injectors
8. The EVAP control system for improper operation
9. Excessive fuel pressure-Refer to «Fuel System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
10. Malfunctioning fuel injectors-Refer to «Fuel Injector Solenoid Coil Test»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
11. Fuel contamination-Refer to «Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
12. The HO2S for improper installation and for electrical wires or connectors that may have contacted the exhaust system
13. The HO2S signal circuit shorted to voltage

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after performing the diagnostic procedure.

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The control module enables the appropriate fuel injector pulse for each cylinder. Ignition voltage is supplied to each bank of fuel injectors through a separate fuse. The control module controls each fuel injector by grounding the control circuit via a solid state device called a driver. The control module monitors the status of each driver. If the control module detects an incorrect voltage for the commanded state of the driver, a fuel injector control circuit DTC sets.

1. The engine is running.
2. The ignition voltage is more than 11 V for 5 seconds.
3. DTC P0201-P0206 runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

1. The control module detects an incorrect voltage on the fuel injector control circuit.
2. The above condition is met for 1 second.

DTCs P0201-P0206 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0201-P0206 are Type B DTCs.

Performing the Fuel Injector Solenoid Coil Test may help isolate an intermittent condition. Refer to Fuel Injector Solenoid Coil Test .

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

J 35616-200 Test Light Probe Kit

1. Engine idling, observe the following control circuit status parameters for each fuel injector: Injector Ckt Short Gnd Test Status Injector Ckt Open Test Status Injector Ckt Short Volts Test Status
2. Engine running, observe the DTC information with a scan tool. DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, or P0206 should not set.
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X130 fuel injector multi-way connector.
2. Ignition ON, verify that the J 35616-200 Test Light illuminates between the ignition circuit terminals A and E, engine control module (ECM) harness side and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the ignition circuits for a short to ground, or an open/high resistance. If the circuits test normal and the ignition circuit fuse is open, test or replace the fuel injector.
3. Ignition OFF, connect the J 35616-200 Test Light between the ignition circuit terminal A and the control circuit ECM harness side, of the appropriate injector listed below: Injector 1 terminal B Injector 2 terminal F Injector 3 terminal C Injector 4 terminal G Injector 5 terminal D Injector 6 terminal H
4. Engine cranking, the test lamp should flash for each injector. If the test lamp is always ON, test the appropriate control circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM. If the test lamp is always OFF, test the appropriate control circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. Ignition OFF, measure for 10-15 ohms on the engine harness side of X130 between the ignition circuit terminal A or E and the control circuit of the appropriate injector listed below: Injector 1 terminal B Injector 2 terminal F Injector 3 terminal C Injector 4 terminal G Injector 5 terminal D Injector 6 terminal H If the resistance is not within the specified range, test for a short to ground or an open/high resistance between X130 and the appropriate fuel injector harness connector. If the circuits test normal, test or replace the affected fuel injector.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Fuel Injector and Fuel Rail Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The control module enables the fuel pump relay when the ignition switch is turned ON. The control module will disable the fuel pump relay within 2 seconds unless the control module detects ignition reference pulses. The control module continues to enable the fuel pump relay as long as ignition reference pulses are detected. The control module disables the fuel pump relay within 2 seconds if ignition reference pulses cease to be detected and the ignition remains ON.

The control module monitors the voltage on the fuel pump relay control circuit. If the control module detects an incorrect voltage on the fuel pump relay control circuit, a fuel pump relay control DTC sets.

1. The ignition voltage is between 9-18 V.
2. DTC P0230 runs continuously once the above conditions are met.

1. The control module detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match.
2. The above condition is met for a minimum of 2.5 seconds.

DTC P0230 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P0230 is a Type B DTC.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

J 43244 Relay Puller Pliers

Ignition ON, command the fuel pump relay ON and OFF with a scan tool while observing the following control circuit status parameters

1. Fuel Pump Relay Ckt Short Gnd Test Status
2. Fuel Pump Relay Ckt Open Test Status
3. Fuel Pump Relay Ckt Short Volts Test Status

1. Each parameter should toggle between OK and Not Run or Not Run and OK.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the fuel pump relay using the J 43244 Pliers.
2. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ground circuit terminal 85 and B+. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the ground circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance.
3. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the ground circuit terminal 85 and the control circuit terminal 86. If the test lamp illuminates, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Remove the test lamp.
5. Command the fuel pump relay ON with a scan tool. Verify the scan tool Fuel Pump Relay Ckt Short Gnd Test Status parameter is OK. If not the specified value, test the fuel pump relay control circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
6. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the fuel pump relay control circuit terminal 86 and the ground circuit terminal 85. Command the fuel pump ON with a scan tool. Verify the scan tool Fuel Pump Relay Ckt Short Gnd Test Status parameter is Fault. If not the specified value, test the fuel pump relay control circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
7. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the fuel pump relay.

1. Test for 70-110 ohms between terminals 85 and 86. If the resistance is not within the specified range, replace the fuel pump relay.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the following terminals: 30 and 86 30 and 87 30 and 85 85 and 87 If not the specified value, replace the fuel pump relay.
3. Install a 15 A fused jumper wire between relay terminal 85 and 12 V. Install a jumper wire between relay terminal 86 and ground. Test for less than 2 ohms between terminals 30 and 87. If greater than the specified range, replace the fuel pump relay.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions) , «Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The engine control module (ECM) uses information from the crankshaft position sensor and the camshaft position sensors in order to determine when an engine misfire is occurring. By monitoring variations in the crankshaft rotation speed for each cylinder, the ECM detects individual misfire events. A misfire rate that is high enough can cause 3-way catalytic converter damage. The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) flashes ON and OFF when the conditions for catalytic converter damage are present.

DTCs P0301 through P0306 correspond to cylinders 1 through 6. If the ECM is able to determine that a specific cylinder is misfiring, the DTC for that cylinder is set, and the corresponding fuel injector is disabled. To retest for a misfire, the ECM re-enables the fuel injector(s) after 4 crankshaft revolutions or after 8 crankshaft revolutions for manual transmission equipped vehicles. For catalyst damaging misfires the ECM re-enables the fuel injector(s) after a 30 second delay to retest for a misfire. This 30 second periodic re-enabling occurs until the end of the drive cycle or until no further catalyst damaging misfire events are present.

1. DTC P0010, P0011, P0013, P0014, P0016, P0017, P0018, P0019, P0020, P0021, P0023, P0024, P0068, P00C8, P00C9, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0122, P0123, P0191, P0192, P0193, P0222, P0223, P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P0345, P0346, P0365, P0366, P0390, P0391, P0601, P0604, P0606, P0651, P1104, P1682, P160D, P160E, P16A0, P16A1, P16A2, P16F3, P2100, P2101, P2102, P2103, P2135, P2227, P2228, P2229, or P2230 is not set.
2. The engine speed is between 350 and 7, 000 RPM. OR
3. The engine speed is greater than 1, 000 RPM and DTC P0315 is set.
4. The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is between -7 and +127°C.
5. If the ECT is colder than -7°C (+19°F) at start-up, this diagnostic will not run until the ECT is more than +21°C (+69°F).
6. The ignition voltage is between 9 and 32 V.
7. The evaporative emissions (EVAP) leak detection is not active.
8. The ECM is not in fuel cut-off or decel fuel cut-off mode.
9. The fuel level is greater than 10 %.
10. Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) is not applied/active.
11. DTCs P0300 through P0306 run continuously when the above conditions exist for at least 1, 000 engine revolutions.
12. DTCs P0300 through P0306 run continuously when the above conditions exist and the ECT is warmer than 47°C (117°F) for at least 1, 000 engine revolutions for the first failure occurrence, 200 engine revolutions after the fist failure occurrence for catalyst damaging misfire(s).

P0300

The ECM detects a crankshaft rotation speed variation indicating a misfire rate sufficient to cause emissions levels to exceed a predetermined value.

P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306

The ECM detects a crankshaft rotation speed variation indicating a single cylinder misfire rate sufficient to cause emissions levels to exceed mandated standards.

1. DTCs P0300-P0306 are Type B DTCs.
2. The ECM disables the fuel injector of the misfiring cylinder when a misfire is present.

DTCs P0300-P0306 are Type B DTCs.

1. A misfire DTC could be caused by an excessive vibration from sources other than the engine. Inspect for the following possible sources: A tire or wheel that is out of round or out of balance Variable thickness brake rotors An unbalanced drive shaft Certain rough road conditions Transmission operation A damaged accessory drive component or belt; remove the belt and safely operate the engine to evaluate
2. High resistance in the circuits of the injectors may set a misfire DTC without setting an injector DTC. Test the injector circuits of the affected cylinder(s) for a high resistance if you suspect a condition.
3. If the condition is intermittent, observing the scan tool IC Circuit Test and Fuel Injector Circuit Test Status parameters may help isolate the condition. The circuit test status parameters will change from OK or Not Run to Fault/Malfunction if a condition exists.
4. A condition in the heated O2 sensor (HO2S) heater control circuits may set a DTC P0300.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)
5. «Powertrain Component Views»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/electrical-component-locations/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-component-locator-powertrain-component-views)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

J 26792 HEI Spark Tester

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools .

1. Engine idling at the normal operating temperature. If there is an abnormal engine noise, refer to «Symptoms - Engine Mechanical»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
2. Verify that no other DTCs are set. If a DTC is set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) .
3. Observe the scan tool Misfire Current Cyl. 1-6 parameters. The Misfire Current Counters should not be incrementing.
4. Engine idling, perform the Cylinder Power Balance Test with a scan tool to isolate the misfiring cylinder. The engine speed should change when each injector is disabled.
5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Verify that the following conditions do not exist: Vacuum hose splits, kinks, and incorrect connections Engine vacuum leaks Crankcase ventilation system for vacuum leaks Fuel pressure that is too low or too high-Refer to «Fuel System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . Contaminated Fuel-Refer to «Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . Exhaust system restrictions If you find any of the above conditions, repair as necessary.
2. Ignition OFF, remove the T8 ignition coil of the misfiring cylinder, but leave the electrical connector connected.
3. Inspect the ignition coil boot for the following conditions: Holes Tears Carbon tracking Oil contamination Water intrusion If you find any of the above conditions, repair as necessary.
4. Install the J 26792 HEI Spark Tester to the boot of the appropriate T8 ignition coil and ground.
5. Attempt to start the engine and observe the J 26792 HEI Spark Tester. The spark tester should spark. If there is no spark, refer to «Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) for diagnosis of the ignition coil.
6. Ignition OFF, remove the spark plug from the misfiring cylinder. Verify that the spark plug does not exhibit the following conditions: Gas, coolant, or oil fouled-Refer to «Spark Plug Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions__spark-plug-inspection) . Cracked, worn, incorrectly gapped-Refer to «Ignition System Specifications»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-specifications__ignition-system-specifications) . If there is a condition with the spark plug, replace the spark plug.
7. Exchange the suspected spark plug with another cylinder that is operating correctly.
8. Engine idling, observe the scan tool Misfire Current Counter parameters. The misfire should not follow the spark plug exchange. If the misfire follows the spark plug, replace the spark plug.
9. If all conditions test normal, test or inspect for the following: A lean or rich Q17 fuel injector-Refer to «Fuel Injector Solenoid Coil Test»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . An engine mechanical condition-Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Mechanical»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .

1. «Spark Plug Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Ignition Coil Replacement - Bank 1»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
3. «Ignition Coil Replacement - Bank 2»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)

Repair Verification

1. Perform the «Diagnostic Repair Verification»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-repair-verification) after completing the repair.
2. To verify that the performance of the catalytic converter has not been affected by the condition that set this DTC, perform the Repair Verification for DTC P0420 or P0430. Refer to «DTC P0420 or P0430»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The crankshaft position system variation learn feature is used to calculate reference period errors caused by slight tolerance variations in the crankshaft, and the crankshaft position sensor. The calculated error allows the engine control module (ECM) to accurately compensate for reference period variations. This enhances the ability of the ECM to detect misfire events over a wider range of engine speed and load conditions.

The crankshaft position system variation compensating values are stored in ECM memory after a learn procedure has been performed and the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position for at least 30 s. If the actual variation is not within the crankshaft position system variation compensating values stored in the ECM, DTC P0300 may set.

If the crankshaft position system variation values are not stored in the ECM memory or a proper ECM power down does not occur after completing the Crankshaft Position Learn Procedure, DTC P0315 sets.

DTC P0315 runs continuously.

The ECM detects that the crankshaft position system variation values are not stored in memory.

DTC P0315 is a Type A DTC.

DTC P0315 is a Type A DTC.

This test procedure requires that the vehicle battery has passed a load test and is completely charged. Refer to Battery Inspection/Test .

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End Views

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Note. The Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn Procedure may have to be repeated up to 5 times before the procedure is successful.

1. Perform the «Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions__crankshaft-position-system-variation-learn) procedure. The scan tool should display Learned Successful. If, after 5 Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn Procedure attempts, the scan tool did not display Learned Successful; inspect for the following conditions: Worn crankshaft main bearings A damaged or misaligned reluctor wheel Excessive crankshaft runout A damaged crankshaft-Refer to «Crankshaft and Bearing Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-repair-instructions-off-vehicle) . Interference in the signal circuit of the crankshaft position sensor The ignition switch is in the ON position until there is insufficient system voltage. An ECM power disconnect with the ignition ON that may have erased the crankshaft position system variation values and set DTC P0315 Debris between the crankshaft position sensor and the reluctor wheel If a condition is found Repair or replace the affected component as necessary. Perform the Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn Procedure. If no condition is found Replace the K20 engine control module. Perform the Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn Procedure.
2. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
3. Verify the DTC is not set. If any of DTC sets Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) If none of the DTCs set
4. All OK

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after using this diagnostic procedure.

Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The knock sensor (KS) system enables the engine control module (ECM) to control the ignition timing for the best possible performance while protecting the engine from potentially damaging levels of detonation. The sensors are located below each cylinder head on the engine block. The KS produces an AC voltage signal that varies depending on the vibration level during engine operation. The ECM adjusts the spark timing based on the amplitude and the frequency of the KS signal. The ECM receives the KS signal through 2 isolated signal circuits. The ECM learns a minimum KS noise level at idle and uses calibrated values for the rest of the RPM range. The ECM should monitor a normal KS signal within the noise channel.

P0325, P0326, and P0330

1. The engine is idling.
2. The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) is greater than 19 kPa.
3. The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0324, P0327, P0328, and P0333

1. The ignition is ON.
2. The DTCs run continuously when the above condition is met.

P0324

The ECM has detected an internal circuitry fault.

P0325 and P0330

The KS signal circuits are open or shorted together for 5 seconds.

P0326

1. The KS signal indicates an excessive engine knock is present.
2. The ECM has commanded the spark retard to a value, which is greater than the calibrated value, for a specific engine load and speed.
3. The above conditions exist for greater than 5 seconds.

P0327, P0328, P0332, and P0333

The KS signal circuits are shorted to voltage or ground.

DTCs P0324, P0325, P0326, P0327, P0328, P0330, P0332 and P0333 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0324, P0325, P0326, P0327, P0328, P0330, P0332 and P0333 are Type B DTCs.

1. Inspect the KS for physical damage. A KS that is dropped or damaged may cause a DTC to set.
2. Inspect the KS for proper installation. A KS that is loose or over torqued may cause a DTC to set. The KS should be free of thread sealant.
3. The KS mounting surface should be free of burrs, casting flash, and foreign material.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

P0324

1. Verify that the following DTCs are not set: P0325, P0327, P0328, P0330, P0332, or P0333. If any of the DTCs are set, diagnose them first.
2. This DTC indicates an internal ECM circuitry failure. Replace the ECM.

P0325, P0327, P0328, P0330, P0332, P0333

1. Ignition ON, engine OFF.
2. Disconnect the KS harness connector.
3. Measure for 2-3V between each of the following circuits and ground on the ECM side of the harness connector: The KS signal circuit, terminal 1 The KS signal circuit, terminal 2 If less than the specified range, test the circuits for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuits test normal, replace the ECM. If greater than the specified range, test the circuits for a short to voltage. If the circuits test normal, replace the ECM.
4. If the circuits test normal, replace the KS.

P0326

1. If DTC P0335 or P0336 are also set, diagnose those DTCs first.
2. Inspect for a loose or broken vehicle accessory or accessory bracket.
3. Inspect for excessive engine mechanical noise.

1. Connect the DMM between the KS signal circuit terminal 1 and the KS signal circuit terminal 2 on the sensor side of the KS harness connector.
2. Set the DMM to the 400 mV AC hertz scale and wait for the DMM to stabilize at 0 Hz.
3. Tap on the engine block with a non-metallic object near the KS while observing the signal indicated on the DMM.
4. The DMM should display a fluctuating frequency while tapping on the engine block.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Knock Sensor Replacement - Bank 1»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Knock Sensor Replacement - Bank 2»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
3. «Symptoms - Engine Controls»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
4. «Symptoms - Engine Mechanical»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
5. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The crankshaft position sensor circuits consist of an engine control module (ECM) supplied 5 V reference circuit, low reference circuit and an output signal circuit. The crankshaft position sensor is an internally magnetic biased digital output integrated circuit sensing device. The sensor detects magnetic flux changes of the teeth and slots of a 58-tooth reluctor wheel on the crankshaft. Each tooth on the reluctor wheel is spaced at 60-tooth spacing, with 2 missing teeth for the reference gap. The crankshaft position sensor produces an ON/OFF DC voltage of varying frequency, with 58 output pulses per crankshaft revolution. The frequency of the crankshaft position sensor output depends on the velocity of the crankshaft. The crankshaft position sensor sends a digital signal, which represents an image of the crankshaft reluctor wheel, to the ECM as each tooth on the wheel rotates past the crankshaft position sensor. The ECM uses each crankshaft position signal pulse to determine crankshaft speed and decodes the crankshaft reluctor wheel reference gap to identify crankshaft position. This information is then used to determine the optimum ignition and injection points of the engine. The ECM also uses crankshaft position sensor output information to determine the camshaft relative position to the crankshaft, to control camshaft phasing, and to detect cylinder misfire.

1. DTCs P0340, P0341, P0345, P0346, P0365, P0366, P0380, P0381, P0641 or P0651 are not set.
2. The engine is cranking or running.
3. The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

1. The ECM detects that the starter is commanded ON and the engine has been cranking for more than 4 s without a crankshaft position sensor pulse.
2. The ECM detects that the engine has been running but has not received a crankshaft position sensor pulse for 2 of 10 engine revolutions.

1. DTC P0335 is a Type B DTC.
2. The camshaft position actuator is commanded to the Home or Parked position.
3. The ignition system defaults to a limp home mode. The camshaft position sensor is used to determine engine position.

DTC P0335 is a Type B DTC.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Electronic Ignition System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. With the ignition OFF, inspect the engine wiring harnesses carrying the camshaft position sensor circuits for the following conditions: Close routing of secondary ignition wires Close routing of aftermarket electrical equipment Close to solenoids, motors, and relays Correct any wire harness routing or component placement conditions, if it is determined to be a possible source of electrical interference.
2. Start the engine. Using the Live Plot function on the scan tool, select the Camshaft Position parameter. Change the minimum spec to 400 RPM and the maximum spec to 4, 000 RPM. Select the crankshaft position sensor parameter. Change the minimum spec to 600 RPM and the maximum spec to 3, 300 RPM.
3. Observe the scan tool.
4. Quickly accelerate and release the accelerator pedal several times. Do not exceed 3, 200 RPM. The graphed lines on the Live Plot display should track together across the screen. If the vehicle passes the Circuit/System Verification Test, operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that are captured in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records Data List.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the crankshaft position sensor connector.
2. Test for less than 1 ohms between low reference circuit terminal 1 and ground. If greater than the specified value, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
3. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 3 and ground. If less than the specified range, test the 5 V reference circuit for an open/high resistance or short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM. If greater than the specified range, test the 5 V reference circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 V between the signal circuit terminal 2 and ground. If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for an open/high resistance or short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM. If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. Ignition ON, engine OFF, using a jumper wire connected to ground, momentarily touch the crankshaft position sensor signal circuit terminal 2 repeatedly. The Crankshaft Position Active Counter parameter should increment If the Crankshaft Position Active Counter parameter does not increment, replace the ECM. If the Crankshaft Position Active Counter increments, test or replace the crankshaft position sensor.

Component Test

1. Inspect the crankshaft position sensor for looseness and correct installation. Remove the crankshaft position sensor from the engine and inspect the sensor and the O-ring for damage. If the sensor is loose, incorrectly installed, or damaged, repair or replace the crankshaft position sensor.
2. Connect the crankshaft position sensor connector to the crankshaft position sensor. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
3. Observe the Crankshaft Position Active Counter parameter on the scan tool. Pass a steel object by the tip of the sensor repeatedly. The Crankshaft Position Active Counter parameter should increment. If the parameter does not increment, replace the crankshaft position sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The crankshaft position sensor circuits consist of an engine control module (ECM) supplied 5 V reference circuit, low reference circuit and an output signal circuit. The crankshaft position sensor is an internally magnetic biased digital output integrated circuit sensing device. The sensor detects magnetic flux changes of the teeth and slots of a 58-tooth reluctor wheel on the crankshaft. Each tooth on the reluctor wheel is spaced at 60-tooth spacing, with 2 missing teeth for the reference gap. The crankshaft position sensor produces an ON/OFF DC voltage of varying frequency, with 58 output pulses per crankshaft revolution. The frequency of the crankshaft position sensor output depends on the velocity of the crankshaft. The crankshaft position sensor sends a digital signal, which represents an image of the crankshaft reluctor wheel, to the ECM as each tooth on the wheel rotates past the crankshaft position sensor. The ECM uses each crankshaft position signal pulse to determine crankshaft speed and decodes the crankshaft reluctor wheel reference gap to identify crankshaft position. This information is then used to determine the optimum ignition and injection points of the engine. The ECM also uses crankshaft position sensor output information to determine the camshaft relative position to the crankshaft, to control camshaft phasing, and to detect cylinder misfire.

1. DTCs P0340, P0341, P0345, P0346, P0365, P0366, P0380, P0381, P0641 or P0651 are not set.
2. The engine is cranking or running.
3. The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

1. The ECM detects that the engine is running, but receives less than 51 or more than 65 crankshaft position sensor pulses each engine revolution for 8 of 10 engine revolutions.
2. The ECM detects that the engine is running, but more than 19 resyncs occur within 25 s.
3. The ECM detects that the engine has been running, but the crankshaft does not sync for 0.4 s.

1. DTC P0336 is a Type B DTC.
2. The camshaft position actuator is commanded to the Home or Parked position.
3. The ignition system defaults to a limp home mode. The camshaft position sensor is used to determine engine position.

DTC P0336 is a Type B DTC.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Description and Operation

Electronic Ignition System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. If DTC P0335 is also set, diagnose P0335 first.
2. With the ignition OFF, inspect the engine wiring harnesses carrying the camshaft position sensor circuits for the following conditions: Close routing of secondary ignition wires Close routing of aftermarket electrical equipment Close to solenoids, motors, and relays Correct any wire harness routing or component placement conditions if it is determined to be a possible source of electrical interference.
3. Start the engine. Using the Live Plot function on the scan tool, select the Camshaft Position parameter. Change the minimum spec to 400 RPM and the maximum spec to 4, 000 RPM. Select the crankshaft position sensor parameter. Change the minimum spec to 600 RPM and the maximum spec to 3, 300 RPM.
4. Observe the scan tool.
5. Quickly accelerate and release the accelerator pedal several times. Do not exceed 3, 200 RPM. The graphed lines on the Live Plot display should track together across the screen. If the vehicle passes the Circuit/System Verification Test, operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that are captured in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records Data List.

1. Ignition OFF, inspect the crankshaft position sensor for looseness and correct installation. If the sensor is loose, inspect the sensor and the O-ring for damage. Replace as necessary.
2. Inspect the engine for the following conditions: Engine oil for debris and contamination Crankshaft reluctor wheel for damage The timing chain, tensioner, and sprockets for wear or damage If debris is found in the engine oil, inspect the internal engine components to determine the cause. Repair or replace any worn or damaged components. Refer to «Camshaft Timing Drive Components Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-repair-instructions-off-vehicle) , and «Crankshaft and Bearing Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-repair-instructions-off-vehicle) .

1. Inspect the crankshaft position sensor for looseness and correct installation. Remove the crankshaft position sensor from the engine and inspect the sensor and the O-ring for damage. If the sensor is loose, incorrectly installed, or damaged, repair or replace the crankshaft position sensor.
2. Connect the crankshaft position sensor connector to the crankshaft position sensor. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
3. Observe the Crankshaft Position Active Counter parameter on the scan tool. Pass a steel object by the tip of the sensor repeatedly. The Crankshaft Position Active Counter parameter should increment. If the parameter does not increment, replace the crankshaft position sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The 4X camshaft position sensor circuits consist of an engine control module (ECM) supplied 5 V reference circuit, low reference circuit, and an output signal circuit. The camshaft position sensor is an internally magnetic biased digital output integrated circuit sensing device. The sensor detects magnetic flux changes of the teeth and slots of a 4-tooth reluctor wheel attached to the camshaft. As each reluctor wheel tooth rotates past the camshaft position sensor, the resulting change in the magnetic field is used by the sensor electronics to produce a digital output pulse. The sensor returns a digital ON/OFF DC voltage pulse of varying frequency, with 4 varying width output pulses per camshaft revolution that represent an image of the camshaft reluctor wheel. The frequency of the camshaft position sensor output depends on the velocity of the camshaft. The ECM decodes the narrow and wide tooth pattern to identify camshaft position. This information is then used to determine the optimum ignition and injection points of the engine. The ECM uses the cylinder 1 intake camshaft position sensor to determine injector and ignition system synchronization. Also, the cylinder 1 intake camshaft position sensor is used to determine camshaft to crankshaft relationship. The ECM also uses camshaft position sensor output information to determine the camshaft relative position to the crankshaft, to control camshaft phasing, and for limp-home operation.

1. DTC P0335, P0336, P0641 or P0651 is not set.
2. The engine is cranking or running.
3. The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

1. The ECM detects that the starter is commanded ON and the engine has been cranking for more than 4 s without a camshaft position sensor pulse. OR
2. The ECM detects that the engine has started, but did not received a camshaft position sensor pulse during the first engine revolution. OR
3. The ECM detects that the engine is running, but does not receive a camshaft position sensor pulse for 800 of 1, 000 engine cycles.

1. DTCs P0340, P0345, P0365, and P0390 are Type B DTCs.
2. The camshaft position actuator is commanded to the Home or Parked position.
3. The ignition system defaults to a failed camshaft position sensor limp home mode.

1. DTCs P0340, P0345, P0365, and P0390 are Type B DTCs.
2. With a DTC set, the engine may crank for an extended period of time at start-up.

1. With a DTC set, the engine may crank for an extended period of time at start-up
2. The cylinder 1 intake camshaft position sensor is used for injector and ignition system synchronization. A stalling condition will occur if the CMP sensor signal is intermittent and a DTC will not set. Inspect all cylinder 1 intake camshaft position sensor circuits for poor connections.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Electronic Ignition System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Start the engine. Using the Live Plot function on the scan tool, select the Camshaft Position parameter. Change the minimum spec to 400 RPM and the maximum spec to 4, 000 RPM. Select the crankshaft position sensor parameter. Change the minimum spec to 600 RPM and the maximum spec to 3, 300 RPM.
2. Observe the scan tool.
3. Quickly accelerate and release the accelerator pedal several times. Do not exceed 3, 200 RPM. The graphed lines on the Live Plot display should track together across the screen. If the vehicle passes the Circuit/System Verification Test, operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that are captured in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records Data List.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the affected camshaft position sensor connector.
2. Test for less than 1 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 1 and ground. If greater than the specified value, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
3. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 3 and ground. If less than the specified range, test the 5 V reference circuit for an open/high resistance or short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM. If greater than the specified range, test the 5 V reference circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 V between the signal circuit terminal 2 and ground. If less than the specified range, test the affected signal circuit for an open/high resistance or short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM. If greater than the specified range, test the affected signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. Ignition ON, using a jumper wire connected to ground, momentarily touch the camshaft position sensor signal circuit terminal 2 repeatedly. The applicable camshaft position active counter parameter should increment. If the camshaft position active counter does not increment, replace the ECM. If the circuits test normal, replace the camshaft position sensor.

1. Inspect the camshaft position sensor for looseness and correct installation. Remove the camshaft position sensor from the engine and inspect the sensor and the O-ring for damage. If the sensor is loose, incorrectly installed, or damaged, repair or replace the camshaft position sensor.
2. Connect the camshaft position sensor connector to the camshaft position sensor. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
3. Ignition ON and engine OFF. Observe the applicable Camshaft Position Active Counter parameter on the scan tool. Pass a steel object by the tip of the sensor repeatedly. The Camshaft Position Active Counter parameter should increment. If the parameter does not increment, replace the camshaft position sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Solenoid Replacement - Bank 1 (Right Side) Intake»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Solenoid Replacement - Bank 2 (Left Side) Intake»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
3. «Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Solenoid Replacement - Bank 1 (Right Side) Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
4. «Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Solenoid Replacement - Bank 2 (Left Side) Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
5. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The 4X camshaft position sensor circuits consist of an engine control module (ECM) supplied 5 V reference circuit, low reference circuit, and an output signal circuit. The camshaft position sensor is an internally magnetic biased digital output integrated circuit sensing device. The sensor detects magnetic flux changes of the teeth and slots of a 4-tooth reluctor wheel attached to the camshaft. As each reluctor wheel tooth rotates past the camshaft position sensor, the resulting change in the magnetic field is used by the sensor electronics to produce a digital output pulse. The sensor returns a digital ON/OFF DC voltage pulse of varying frequency, with 4 varying width output pulses per camshaft revolution that represent an image of the camshaft reluctor wheel. The frequency of the camshaft position sensor output depends on the velocity of the camshaft. The ECM decodes the narrow and wide tooth pattern to identify camshaft position. This information is then used to determine the optimum ignition and injection points of the engine. The ECM uses the cylinder 1 intake camshaft position sensor to determine injector and ignition system synchronization. Also, the cylinder 1 intake camshaft position sensor is used to determine camshaft to crankshaft relationship, to control camshaft phasing, and for limp-home operation.

1. DTC P0335, P0336, P0641 or P0651 is not set.
2. The engine is cranking or running.
3. The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

1. The ECM detects that the engine has started, but has received either of the following during the first engine revolution: Less than or more than 4 camshaft position sensor pulses, if equipped with an automatic transmission Less than 4 or more than 8 camshaft position sensor pulses, if equipped with a manual transmission OR
2. The ECM detects that the engine is running but receives less than 398 camshaft position or more than 402 camshaft position sensor pulses per 100 engine cycles in 800 of 1000 engine cycles.

1. DTCs P0341, P0346, P0366, and P0391 are Type B DTCs.
2. The camshaft position actuator is commanded to the Home or Parked position.
3. The ignition system defaults to a failed camshaft position sensor based on the crankshaft position sensor.

1. DTCs P0341, P0346, P0366,, and P0391 are Type B DTCs.
2. With a DTC set, the engine may crank for an extended period of time at start-up.

1. With a DTC set, the engine may crank for an extended period of time at start-up
2. The cylinder 1 intake camshaft position sensor is used for injector and ignition system synchronization. A stalling condition will occur if the CMP sensor signal is intermittent and a DTC will not set. Inspect all cylinder 1 intake camshaft position sensor circuits for poor connections.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Electronic Ignition System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. If DTC P0340, P0345, P0365, or P0390 are also set, diagnose them first
2. With the ignition OFF, inspect the engine wiring harnesses carrying the camshaft position sensor circuits for the following conditions: Close routing of secondary ignition components Close routing of aftermarket electrical equipment Close to solenoids, motors, and relays Correct any wire harness routing or component placement conditions if it is determined to be a possible source of electrical interference.
3. Observe the following parameters are all incrementing: Exhaust Camshaft Position Bank 1 Active Intake Camshaft Position Bank 1 Active Exhaust Camshaft Position Bank 2 Active Intake Camshaft Position Bank 2 Active
4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, inspect the camshaft position sensor for looseness and correct installation. If the sensor is loose, inspect the sensor and the O-ring for damage. Replace as necessary.
2. Inspect the engine for the following conditions: Engine oil for debris Camshaft reluctor wheel for damage Camshaft end play for excess movement-Refer to «Engine Mechanical Specifications (LY7)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-specifications__engine-mechanical-specifications-ly7) . The timing chain, tensioner, and sprockets for wear or damage If debris is found in the engine oil, inspect the internal engine components to determine the cause. Repair or replace any worn or damaged components. Refer to «Camshaft Timing Drive Components Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-repair-instructions-off-vehicle) , and «Camshaft Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-repair-instructions-off-vehicle) .

1. Inspect the camshaft position sensor for looseness and correct installation. Remove the camshaft position sensor from the engine and inspect the sensor and the O-ring for damage. If the sensor is loose, incorrectly installed, or damaged, repair or replace the camshaft position sensor.
2. Connect the camshaft position sensor connector to the camshaft position sensor. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
3. Ignition ON and engine OFF. Observe the applicable Camshaft Position Active Counter parameter on the scan tool. Pass a steel object by the tip of the sensor repeatedly. The Camshaft Position Active Counter parameter should increment. If the parameter does not increment, replace the camshaft position sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Bank 2 (Left Side) Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Bank 2 (Left Side) Intake»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
3. «Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Bank 1 (Right Side) Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
4. «Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Bank 1 (Right Side) Intake»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
5. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The ignition system on this engine uses an individual module/coil for each cylinder. The engine control module (ECM) controls the spark event for each cylinder through the 6 individual ignition control (IC) circuits. When the ECM commands the IC circuit ON, electrical current will flow through the primary winding of the ignition coil, creating a magnetic field. When a spark event is requested, the ECM will command the IC circuit OFF, interrupting current flow through the primary winding. The magnetic field created by the primary winding will collapse across the secondary coil windings, producing a high voltage across the spark plug electrodes. The ECM uses information from the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor, and the camshaft position (CMP) sensor for sequencing and timing of the spark events. The ECM monitors each IC circuit for improper voltage levels. Each ignition module/coil assembly has the following electrical circuits

1. An ignition voltage circuit
2. A ground
3. An IC control circuit
4. A low reference circuit

1. The engine is cranking or running.
2. The DTCs run continuously when the above condition is met.

The PCM detects a fault in an ignition coil control circuit for 90 out of 100 engine cycles.

DTCs P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354, P0355, and P0356 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354, P0355, and P0356 are Type B DTCs.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Electronic Ignition System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
3. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. With the engine running, observe the Cylinder 1 through 6 IC circuit status parameters with the scan tool. All of the parameters should display OK.
2. With the engine running, observe the Misfire Current counters using the scan tool. The counters should not be incrementing.

1. With the engine running, observe the applicable Cylinder IC Circuit Status parameters with the scan tool. If a parameter displays IC CKT Short Gnd Test or IC CKT Open Test Fault, test for an open/high resistance or a short to ground in the affected IC circuit. All wire circuit resistance should measure less than 2 ohms. If a parameter displays short to Volts Test Fault, test for a short to voltage in the affected IC circuit.
2. Connect jumper wires from the harness connector of the ICM to the corresponding terminals of the ICM.
3. Using the jumper wires, exchange the affected IC control circuit with a known good IC control circuit. Also exchange the spark plug wires of the corresponding coils.
4. Start the engine.
5. Observe the Misfire Current counters with the scan tool. If the misfire transfers with the suspect IC control circuit, replace the ECM. If the misfire remains with the coil, replace the ICM.

1. With positive polarity to the low reference terminal, measure for 9, 000-11, 000 ohms at 20-23°C (68-74°F) room temperature between each of the ignition coil control terminals and the low reference terminal of the ICM. If the resistance is not within the specified range, replace the ICM.
2. Measure for 7, 000-15, 000 ohms at 20-23°C (68-74°F) room temperature between each pair of coil towers on the ICM. If the resistance is not within the specified range, replace the ICM.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Ignition Coil Replacement - Bank 1»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Ignition Coil Replacement - Bank 2»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

A 3-way catalytic converter (TWC) controls emissions by converting hydrocarbons (HC) and carbon monoxide (CO) into carbon dioxide (CO2), and oxides of nitrogen (NOx) into nitrogen. The TWC also stores oxygen. When the listed idle conditions follow the listed driving conditions, the Catalyst System Efficiency test will run. The engine control module (ECM) monitors this oxygen storage capacity by comparing the pre and post-catalyst oxygen sensor signals while adding and subtracting fuel during specific idle conditions. The ECM compares the pre and post-catalyst-oxygen sensor signals to determine if the oxygen storage capacity of the catalyst is degraded.

1. Driving Conditions DTC P0030, P0036, P0050, P0053, P0054, P0056, P0059, P0060, P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0151, P0152, P0153, P0154, P0155, P0157, P0158, P0160, P0161, P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300-P0306, P0325, P0327, P0328, P0330, P0332, P0333, P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0455, P0496, P0506, P0507, P1133, P1153, P1258, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128, P2135, P2138, P2176, P2A00, P2A03 is not set. Where applicable DTC P2270, P2271, P2272, P2273, P2A01, or P2A04 is not set. The engine has been running for more than 10 minutes. The vehicle has been driven at more than 1, 000 RPM for more than 1 minute. The engine is in Closed Loop. The engine has Fuel Trim Learn enabled. The engine coolant temperature (ECT) parameter is between 70-125°C (156-257°F). The barometric pressure (BARO) is greater than 70 kPa. The catalytic converter calculated temperature is greater than or equal to 450°C (842°F). The intake air temperature (IAT) is between -20 and +85°C (-4 and +185°F). The battery voltage is greater than 11 V.
2. Idle Conditions The vehicle speed is less than 3.2 km/h (2 mph). For automatic transmissions, the transmission is in Reverse, Drive, or Low. The throttle position (TP) indicated angle is 2 % or less. The short term fuel trim (FT) is between -10 and +10 %. This diagnostic attempts one test during each valid idle period when the above conditions have been met. This diagnostic attempts up to 6 tests during each drive cycle.

1. The control module determines that the efficiency of the catalyst has degraded below a calibrated threshold.
2. This diagnostic may conclude in one test attempt. However, this diagnostic may require as many as 18 test attempts which would require at least 3 drive cycles. Each test attempt may conclude in approximately 1 minute.

Actions Taken When DTC Sets

DTCs P0420 and P0430 are Type A DTCs.

DTCs P0420 and P0430 are Type A DTCs.

Inspect for the following conditions, which may cause a catalytic converter to degrade

1. An engine misfire
2. High engine oil or high coolant consumption
3. Retarded spark timing
4. A weak or poor spark
5. A lean fuel mixture
6. A rich fuel mixture
7. A damaged oxygen sensor or wiring harness

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__heated-oxygen-sensor-wiring-repairs)
4. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
5. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Verify that no other DTCs are set. If a DTC is set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis.
2. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC while observing the scan tool TWC Mon. OFF Idle Test Conditions Met parameter. The parameter will change to Yes when the OFF idle conditions have been met. If not the specified value, operate the vehicle within the OFF idle conditions.
3. When the parameter has changed to Yes, and when conditions are safe, stop and idle the vehicle in gear.
4. Apply the service brake.
5. Monitor the scan tool TWC Monitor Test State parameter. When the parameter indicates Active, the TWC Mon. Test is running.
6. Continue to monitor the parameter. When the parameter indicates Inactive, the TWC Mon. Test has completed.
7. When the test has completed, the TWC Monitor Test Count parameter will increment by one, and the TWC Monitor Test Result parameter will indicate Passed, Failed or No Decision. If No Decision is indicated, perform steps 2-6 until the Test Result parameter indicates Passed or Failed.

1. Verify the following conditions do not exist with the catalytic converter: Dents A severe discoloration caused by excessive temperatures Road damage An internal rattle caused by damaged catalyst substrate Restrictions-Refer to «Restricted Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system) If a condition is found, replace the catalytic converter.
2. Verify the following conditions do not exist with the exhaust system: Leaks-Refer to «Exhaust Leakage»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system__exhaust-leakage) Physical damage Loose or missing hardware If a condition is found, repair the exhaust system.
3. Verify the following conditions do not exist with the HO2S 2: HO2S not at the correct torque Damage If a condition is found, replace the HO2S 2 as necessary.
4. If all physical conditions test normal, test or replace the catalytic converter.

Note. A new converter with less than 100 miles on it may set DTC P0420 or P0430 due to out-gassing of the internal matting. Operating the vehicle at highway speeds for approximately 1 h may correct the condition.

1. «Catalytic Converter Replacement - Left Side (LY7)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system)
2. «Catalytic Converter Replacement - Right Side (LY7)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system)
3. «Exhaust Leakage»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system__exhaust-leakage)
4. «Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left Side (LY7)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system)
5. «Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right Side (LY7)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system)
6. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Bank 1 Sensor 2»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
7. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Bank 2 Sensor 2»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
8. Perform the HO2S Heater Learn procedure with a scan tool after replacing an HO2S.
9. «Restricted Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system)

1. Install any components that have been removed or replaced during diagnosis.
2. Perform any adjustments, programming or setup procedures that are required when a component is removed or replaced.
3. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool.
4. Turn OFF the ignition for 60 s
5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC while observing the scan tool TWC Mon. Off Idle Test Conditions Met parameter. The parameter will change to Yes when the Off Idle Conditions have been met. If not the specified value, operate the vehicle within the Off Idle Conditions.
6. When the parameter has changed to Yes and the conditions are safe, stop and idle the vehicle in gear.
7. Apply the service brake.
8. Monitor the scan tool TWC Test State parameter. When the parameter indicates Active, the TWC Monitor Test is running.
9. Continue to monitor the parameter. When the parameter indicates Inactive, the TWC Monitor Test has completed.
10. When the test has completed, the TWC Monitor Test Count parameter will increment by one and the TWC Monitor Test Result parameter will indicate Passed, Failed or No Decision. If No Decision is indicated, repeat steps 5-9 until the Test Result parameter indicates Passed or Failed.
11. If the repair was related to a DTC, duplicate the Conditions for Running the DTC and use the Freeze Frame/Failure Records, if applicable, in order to verify the DTC does not reset. If the DTC resets or another DTC is present, refer to the «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list)

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The engine off natural vacuum (EONV) test is the small leak detection diagnostic for the evaporative emission (EVAP) system. This diagnostic tests the EVAP system for a small leak when the key is turned OFF and the correct conditions are met. Heat from the exhaust system is transferred into the fuel tank while the vehicle is operating. When the vehicle is turned OFF and the EVAP system is sealed a change in the fuel tank vapor temperature occurs which results in a corresponding pressure change in the fuel tank vapor space. This change is monitored by the engine control module (ECM) using the fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor input. With a leak in the system, the amount of pressure change will be less than that of a sealed system.

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0125, P0128, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0452, P0453, P0461, P0462, P0463, P0502, P0503, P0722, P0723, P2066, P2067, P2068, P2610 are not set.
2. The start-up engine coolant temperature (ECT) is less than 30°C (86°F).
3. The start-up IAT and ECT are within 8°C (46°F).
4. The barometric pressure (BARO) is greater than 70 kPa.
5. The estimated ambient air temperature at the end of drive is between 0-34°C (32-93°F).
6. The engine run time minimum is 10 min.
7. The vehicle has traveled greater than 11 km (7 mi) this trip.
8. The ECT is greater than 70°C (158°F).
9. The fuel level is between 10-90 %.
10. The ignition is OFF for between 2 h and 7 h.
11. A refueling event is not detected.
12. DTC P0442 runs once per drive cycle during the hot soak period after the ignition is turned OFF and may require up to 45 min to complete. The controller will not make more than 2 test attempts per day. The time since the last completed EONV test must be at least 17 h

1. The ECM detects a pressure change that is less than a calibrated amount.
2. The ECM must complete several EONV tests before the diagnostic can turn the MIL ON or OFF.

DTC P0442 is a Type A DTC.

DTC P0442 is a Type A DTC.

1. The EVAP system can be filled with smoke more quickly and completely by opening the system opposite the end where the smoke is injected. When injecting smoke at the service port remove the fuel fill cap, or temporarily leave the vent open, until smoke is observed then close the system and continue testing. If using a fuel cap adapter at the filler neck, use the J 41413-VLV EVAP Service Port Vent Fitting at the service port to allow the system to fill faster.
2. To help locate intermittent leaks using the GE 41413-A Evaporative Emissions System Tester (EEST), move all EVAP components while observing smoke with the GE 41413-SPT High Intensity White Light.
3. Individual components can be isolated and tested using adapters in the J 1413-300 EVAP Cap and Plug kit.
4. A condition may exist where a leak in the EVAP system only exists under a vacuum condition. This type of leak may be detected by using the scan tool Purge/Seal function to create a vacuum in the EVAP system and then observe the FTP parameter for vacuum decay.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Evaporative Emission Control System Description

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

1. CH 48096 EVAP Service Access Port Tool
2. GE 41413-SPT High Intensity White Light
3. GE 41413-A Evaporative Emissions System Tester (EEST)
4. J 41413-300 EVAP Cap and Plug Kit
5. J 41413-VLV EVAP Service Port Vent Fitting

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools

1. Disconnect the purge tube at the quick connector on the EVAP canister side of the purge solenoid valve and install the CH 48096 EVAP Service Access Port Tool. Connect the GE 41413-A Evaporative Emissions System Tester (EEST) to the vehicle at the EVAP service port adapter.
2. Using a scan tool close the EVAP vent solenoid valve to seal the EVAP system.
3. Use the flow meter on the GE 41413-A Evaporative Emissions System Tester (EEST), calibrated to 0.51 mm (0.020 in) to determine that there is no leak in the EVAP system. If a leak is detected, use the GE 41413-A Evaporative Emissions System Tester (EEST) to apply smoke to the EVAP system at the service port or the purge tube until the leak is located using the GE 41413-SPT High Intensity White Light.

1. Seal the EVAP system and use the flow meter on the GE 41413-A Evaporative Emissions System Tester (EEST), calibrated to 0.51 mm (0.020 in) to determine that there is no leak in the EVAP system.
2. Clear DTCs.

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

An ignition voltage is supplied directly to the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge solenoid valve. The engine control module (ECM) grounds the EVAP canister purge solenoid valve control circuit through an internal switch called a driver. The ECM monitors the status of the driver. The EVAP canister purge solenoid valve is pulse width modulated (PWM). A scan tool will display the amount of ON time as a percentage.

Battery voltage is supplied to the EVAP canister vent solenoid valve. The ECM grounds the EVAP canister vent solenoid valve control circuit through an internal switch called a driver. The ECM monitors the status of the driver. A scan tool will display the commanded state of the EVAP canister vent solenoid valve as ON or OFF.

1. The ignition is ON.
2. The system voltage is between 6-18 volts.
3. DTC P0443 and P0449 run continuously when the above conditions are met.

The control module detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match, for a minimum of 12 seconds.

DTCs P0443 and P0449 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0443 and P0449 are Type B DTCs.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__troubleshooting-with-a-test-lamp)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

P0443

With the ignition ON, and the engine OFF, you should hear a clicking sound when the EVAP canister purge solenoid valve is commanded to 50 percent with a scan tool. The clicking sound should stop when the EVAP canister purge solenoid valve is commanded to 0 percent. The rate at which the valve cycles should increase when the commanded state is increased, and decrease when the commanded state is decreased.

P0449

1. With the ignition ON and the engine OFF, command the EVAP vent solenoid ON and OFF with a scan tool.
2. Listen for a click when the valve operates. Verify that both the ON, and the OFF states are commanded.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the EVAP canister purge or vent solenoid valve.
2. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp illuminates between the B+ or ignition circuit terminal A and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the B+ or ignition circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal and the voltage supply circuit fuse is open, test or replace the appropriate solenoid valve.
3. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal B and the B+ or ignition circuit terminal A.
4. Energize the solenoid with a scan tool. Command the EVAP canister purge solenoid valve to 50 percent with a scan tool, or the EVAP canister vent solenoid valve ON and OFF. The test lamp should respond to the command. If the test lamp is always ON, test the control circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the control module. If the test lamp is always OFF, test the control circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the control module.
5. If all circuits test normal, replace the appropriate solenoid valve.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

This DTC tests the evaporative emission (EVAP) system for a restricted or blocked EVAP vent path. The engine control module (ECM) commands the EVAP canister purge solenoid valve Open and the EVAP canister vent solenoid valve Closed. This allows vacuum to be applied to the EVAP system. Once a calibrated vacuum level has been reached, the ECM commands the EVAP canister purge solenoid valve Closed and the EVAP canister vent solenoid valve Open. The ECM monitors the fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor for a decrease in vacuum. If the vacuum does not decrease to near 0 inch H2O in a calibrated time, this DTC sets.

1. DTCs P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0125, P0128, P0502, P1106, P1107, P1111, P1112, P1114, P1115, P1125, P1516, P2101, P2108, P2119, P2120, P2125, P2138 are not set.
2. The ignition voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The barometric pressure (BARO) is more than 75 kPa.
4. The fuel level is between 15-85 percent.
5. The start-up engine coolant temperature (ECT) is between 4-30°C (39-86°F).
6. The start-up intake air temperature (IAT) is between 4-30°C (39-86°F).
7. The start-up ECT and IAT are within 9°C (16°F) of each other.
8. The vehicle speed sensor (VSS) is less than 129 km/h (80 mph).
9. DTC P0446 runs once per trip when the above conditions have been met.

The FTP sensor is more than -11 inches H2O vacuum for 2 seconds during the 13 minute test.

OR

The FTP is less than -2.5 inches H2O or more than +5 inches H2O for 3 seconds after a cold start ignition ON.

DTC P0446 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P0446 is a Type B DTC.

1. An intermittent condition could be caused by a damaged EVAP vent housing, a temporary blockage at the EVAP canister vent solenoid valve inlet, or a pinched vent hose. A blockage in the vent system will also cause a poor fuel fill problem.
2. An EVAP canister filter that is restricted can cause this DTC to set. Refer to «Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions) .

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Evaporative Emission Control System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
3. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON and fuel cap removed, verify that the Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter is between 1.3-1.7 volts. If not within the specified range, go to the fuel tank pressure sensor section in Circuit/System Testing.
2. Install the fuel cap.
3. With the engine running, the EVAP canister vent solenoid valve open, use a scan tool to command the EVAP canister purge solenoid valve to 100 percent. The fuel tank vacuum should not increase to more than -15 mmHg (-8 inches H2O). If the fuel tank vacuum is greater than the specified range, go to the restriction section in Circuit/System Testing.
4. Using the scan tool, decrease the canister purge duty cycle from 100 percent to 0 percent. The vacuum should decrease to near zero. If the fuel tank vacuum does not return to zero or appears to decrease too slowly go to the restriction section in Circuit/System Testing.
5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

Note. Perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with the Circuit/System Testing.

Restriction

1. With the engine running, the EVAP canister vent solenoid valve open, and the EVAP canister purge solenoid valve commanded to 100 percent, the fuel tank vacuum should not increase to more than -15 mmHg (-8 inches H2O). If the fuel tank vacuum is greater than the specified value, isolate the restriction by disconnecting one component at a time while the EVAP canister purge solenoid valve is commanded to 100 percent and the vent valve is open.
2. Using the scan tool, decrease the canister purge duty cycle from 100 percent to 0 percent. The vacuum should decrease to near zero. If the fuel tank vacuum does not return to zero, or appears to decrease too slowly, inspect the components in the EVAP vent system for a restriction.

Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the fuel tank pressure sensor.
2. Ignition OFF, test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the fuel tank pressure sensor.

1. «Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement (NU5 or NT7)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
3. «Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
4. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

With the engine running, the EVAP canister vent solenoid valve open and the EVAP canister purge solenoid valve commanded to 100 percent, the fuel tank vacuum should not increase to more than -15 mmHg (-8 inches H2O).

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

FTP Sensor Voltage

The fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor measures air pressure or vacuum in the evaporative emission (EVAP) system. The engine control module (ECM) supplies a 5 V reference and a low reference circuit to the FTP sensor. The FTP sensor signal voltage varies depending on EVAP system pressure or vacuum. The ECM also uses this FTP signal to determine atmospheric pressure for use in the engine-off small leak test, DTC P0442. Before using this signal as an atmospheric reference it must first be re-zeroed.

P0451

1. DTC P0451 runs only when the engine-off natural vacuum small leak test, P0442, executes.
2. The number of times this test runs can range from 0-2 per engine-off period. The length of the test can be up to 10 min.

P0452 and P0453

DTC P0452 and P0453 run continuously when the ignition is ON.

P0454

1. DTC P0454 runs only when the engine-off natural vacuum small leak test, P0442, executes.
2. This test can run once per engine-off period. The length of the test can be up to 10 min.
3. A refueling event is not detected.

P0451

This DTC will set if the controller is unable to re-zero the FTP sensor voltage within a calibrated range during the engine-off small leak test, P0442.

P0452

The FTP sensor voltage is less than 0.1 V.

P0453

The FTP sensor voltage is more than 4.9 V.

P0454

If, during the engine-off natural vacuum small leak test, P0442, the ECM detects an abrupt FTP signal change, other than a refueling event, this DTC will set. An abrupt change is defined as a change of 0.45 in H2O in the span of 1 s.

1. DTCs P0451 and P0454 are Type A DTCs.
2. DTCs P0452 and P0453 are Type B DTCs.

1. DTCs P0451 and P0454 are Type A DTCs.
2. DTCs P0452 and P0453 are Type B DTCs.

1. Ensure that the reference port on the FTP sensor is unobstructed.
2. Scan tool output controls, snapshot, and the plot function can help detect erratic sensor operation. To observe the FTP sensor signal under vacuum conditions, use the Quick Snapshot and the EVAP Purge/Seal function to capture data while commanding purge to 20 %. Then plot the data to look for erratic sensor operation. A similar test can be done for the pressure side of the sensor range by applying pressure with GE-41413-A evaporative emissions system tester (EEST) while taking a snapshot with the scan tool.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

GE-41413-A Evaporative Emissions System Tester (EEST)

1. Remove the fuel cap.
2. Ignition ON, engine OFF.
3. Observe the FTP sensor parameter with a scan tool.
4. The FTP sensor parameter should be 1.3-1.7 V

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B150 fuel tank pressure sensor.
2. Ignition OFF. It may take up to for 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal A or 2 and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
3. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal C or 3 and ground. If less than the specified range, test the 5 V reference circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module. If greater than the specified range, test the 5 V reference circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
4. Verify the scan tool FTP sensor parameter is less than 0.2 V. If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit terminal B or 1 for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
5. Install a 3A fused jumper wire at the signal circuit terminal B or 1 and the 5 V reference circuit terminal C or 3. Verify the scan tool FTP sensor parameter is greater than 4.7 V. If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
6. If all circuits test normal, replace the B150 fuel tank pressure sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement (NU5 or NT7)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The ECM tests the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System for a large leak or restrictions to the purge path in the EVAP system. When the enabling criteria has been met the ECM commands the EVAP canister vent solenoid valve ON and the EVAP canister purge solenoid valve ON, allowing vacuum into the EVAP system. The ECM monitors the fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor voltage to verify that the system is able to reach a predetermined level of vacuum within a set amount of time.

1. Before the ECM can report DTC P0455 failed, DTC P0496 must run and pass.
2. DTCs P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0125, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0452, P0453, P1111, P1112, P1114, P1115, P1125, P1135, P1351, P1352, P1361, P1362, P1516, P1548, P2101, P2107, P2108, P2119, P2120, P2125, P2135, P2138 are not set.
3. The engine is running.
4. The ignition voltage is between 10-18 volts.
5. The barometric pressure (BARO) is more than 75 kPa.
6. The fuel level is between 15-85 percent.
7. The start-up engine coolant temperature (ECT) is between 4-30°C (39-86°F).
8. The start-up intake air temperature (IAT) is between 4-30°C (39-86°F).
9. The start-up ECT and IAT are within 9°C (16°F) of each other.
10. DTC P0455 runs once per cold start within 10 minutes of start-up.

The EVAP system is not able to achieve or maintain a calibrated level of vacuum within a set amount of time.

DTC P0455 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P0455 is a Type B DTC.

1. Inspect for a loose, missing, damaged, or incorrect fuel fill cap.
2. Inspect for a damaged fuel filler neck seal surface.
3. A blockage or restriction in the EVAP purge solenoid valve, purge pipe, EVAP canister, or vapor pipe, can cause this DTC to set.
4. The EVAP system can be filled with smoke more quickly and completely by opening the system opposite the end where the smoke is injected. For example, when injecting smoke at the service port adapter remove the fuel fill cap, or temporarily leave the vent open, until smoke is observed, then close the system and continue testing. If using a fuel cap adapter at the filler neck, use the J 41413-VLV evaporative emissions service port vent tool at the service port adapter to allow the system to fill faster.
5. To help locate intermittent leaks using the J 41413-200 evaporative emissions system tester (EEST), move all EVAP components while observing smoke with the GE-41413-SPT high intensity white light.
6. Individual components can be isolated and tested using adapters in the J 41413-300 evaporative emissions cap and plug kit.
7. A condition may exist where a leak in the EVAP system only exists under a vacuum condition. This type of leak may be detected by using the scan tool Purge/Seal function to create a vacuum in the EVAP system and then observe the FTP parameter for vacuum decay.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Evaporative Emission Control System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
3. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

1. CH 48096 Evaporative Emissions Service Access Port Tool
2. J 41413-200 Evaporative Emissions System Tester (EEST)
3. J 41413-300 Evaporative Emissions Cap and Plug Kit
4. J 41413-311 Evaporative Emissions Plug
5. J 41413-SPT High Intensity White Light
6. J 41413-VLV Evaporative Emissions Service Port Vent Tool
7. J 41415-30 Fuel Tank Adapter

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools .

Note. Larger volume fuel tanks and/or those with lower fuel levels may require several minutes for the floating indicator to stabilize. Refer to the J 41413-200 evaporative emissions system tester (EEST) operation manual for detailed instructions in Evaporative Emission System Diagnosis .

1. Disconnect the purge tube at the quick connector on the evaporative emission canister side of the Q12 evaporative emission canister purge solenoid valve. Install the CH 48096 evaporative emissions service access port tool between the disconnected purge tube and the purge solenoid valve. Connect the J 41413-200 evaporative emissions system tester (EEST) to the service access port tool.
2. Use a scan tool to seal the evaporative emission system.
3. Use the flow meter on the J 41413-200 evaporative emissions system tester (EEST), calibrated to 0.51 millimeter (0.020 inch) to determine that there is no leak in the evaporative emission system. If a leak is detected, use the J 41413-200 evaporative emissions system tester (EEST) to apply smoke to the evaporative emission system at the purge tube until the leak is located using the J 41413-SPT high intensity white light.
4. To test for a restriction, connect the J 41413-200 evaporative emissions system tester (EEST) nitrogen/smoke hose to the to the J 41413-311 evaporative emissions plug brass cone adapter. Disconnect the hose at the fuel cap end of the J 41415-30 fuel tank adapter. Connect the J 41413-311 evaporative emissions plug to the disconnected hose on the J 41415-30 fuel tank adapter. Install the J 41415-30 fuel tank adapter filler neck end only to the vehicle.
5. Allow the engine to idle.
6. Use the Purge/Seal function to seal the system with a scan tool.
7. Command the EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve to 30 percent.
8. The vacuum/pressure gauge on the J 41413-200 evaporative emissions system tester (EEST) and the fuel tank pressure parameter on the scan tool should both show vacuum. If the vacuum/pressure gauge shows vacuum, but the fuel tank pressure parameter does not show vacuum, replace the fuel tank pressure sensor. If neither the fuel tank pressure parameter nor the vacuum/pressure gauge shows vacuum, repair the restriction in the purge path.
9. Verify that the vacuum increases to the abort limit on the scan tool or more than 3.2 V, and the values are similar between the scan tool and the vacuum/pressure gauge on the J 41413-200 evaporative emissions system tester (EEST). If the values are not similar, or the voltage did not reach 3.2 V, replace the B150 fuel tank pressure sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement (NU5 or NT7)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for engine control module (ECM) replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

This DTC tests for undesired intake manifold vacuum flow to the evaporative emission (EVAP) system. The control module seals the EVAP system by commanding the EVAP canister purge solenoid valve OFF and the EVAP canister vent solenoid valve ON. The control module monitors the fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor to determine if a vacuum is being drawn on the EVAP system. If vacuum in the EVAP system is more than a predetermined value within a predetermined time, this DTC sets.

The following table illustrates the relationship between the ON and OFF states, and the Open or Closed states of the EVAP canister purge and vent solenoid valves.

1. DTCs P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0125, P0128, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0452, P0453, P0445, P1106, P1107, P1111, P1112, P1114, P1115, P1516 are not set.
2. The ignition voltage is between 10-18 volts.
3. The barometric pressure (BARO) is more than 74 kPa.
4. The fuel level is between 15-85 percent.
5. The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is between 4-30°C (39-86°F).
6. The intake air temperature (IAT) is between 4-30°C (39-86°F).
7. The start-up ECT and IAT are within 9°C (16°F) of each other.
8. The vehicle speed sensor (VSS) is less than 121 km/h (75 mph).
9. The FTP sensor is less than -2.5 inches H2O at ignition ON.
10. DTC P0496 runs once per cold start for 96 seconds.

The control module detects vacuum during a non-purge condition.

DTC P0496 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P0496 is a Type B DTC.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
3. «Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__troubleshooting-with-a-test-lamp)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Description and Operation

Evaporative Emission Control System Description

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON, engine OFF.
2. Seal the EVAP system using the Purge/Seal function with a scan tool.
3. Start the engine.
4. Observe the FTP sensor with a scan tool. The Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter should be less than 1.7 volts after 90 seconds. If the Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter is greater than the specified range, replace the EVAP canister purge solenoid valve.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The throttle actuator control (TAC) motor is a DC motor that is part of the throttle body assembly. The TAC motor drives the throttle valve. The engine control module (ECM) controls the TAC motor based on throttle position sensor input. The idle speed is controlled by the ECM based on various inputs. The ECM commands the TAC motor to open or close the throttle valve in order to maintain the desired idle speed.

1. DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175, P0201-P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300-P0306, P0351-P0356, P0461-P0463, P0496, P0606, P0627, P0628, P0629, P0641, P0651, P0722, P0723, P1516, P2101, P2135 are not set.
2. The barometric pressure (BARO) is greater than 70 kPa.
3. The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is greater than 60°C (140°F).
4. The engine run time is greater than 60 s.
5. The ignition voltage is between 11-32 V.
6. The transmission is not changing gears.
7. The torque converter clutch (TCC) is not changing states.
8. The intake air temperature (IAT) is warmer than -20°C (-4°F).
9. The vehicle speed is less than 3 km/h (2 mph).
10. The commanded engine speed is steady within 25 RPM.
11. The engine is idling for greater than 5 s.
12. The fuel level is greater than 10 percent for greater than 30 s.
13. The DTCs run when the above conditions are met.

P0506

The actual engine speed is 76 RPM less than the desired idle speed for 10 s.

P0507

The actual engine speed is 152 RPM greater than the desired idle speed for 10 s.

DTCs P0506 and P0507 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0506 and P0507 are Type B DTCs.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON.
2. Verify there are no other DTCs set. If any other DTCs are set Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis. If no other DTCs are set
3. Verify the scan tool Throttle Body Idle Airflow Compensation parameter is less than 90 %. 90 % or greater Refer to «Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions__throttle-body-inspection-and-cleaning) . If less than 90 %
4. Engine Idling at the normal operating temperature.
5. Verify the actual Engine Speed is not 100 RPM less than the Desired Idle Speed. If 100 RPM less than the Desired Idle Speed Refer to Circuit/System Testing If 100 RPM greater than the Desired Idle Speed
6. Verify the actual Engine Speed is not 200 RPM greater than the Desired Idle Speed. If 200 RPM greater than the Desired Idle Speed Refer to Circuit/System Testing If 200 RPM less than the Desired Idle Speed
7. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
8. Verify the DTC does not set. If the DTC sets Refer to Circuit/System Testing If the DTC does not set
9. All OK

Verify the conditions listed below do not exist

P0506

1. Restricted exhaust
2. Mechanical conditions that limits engine speed
3. Parasitic load on the engine-For example, a transmission condition, a belt driven accessory condition. If a condition is found, repair as necessary.

P0507

1. Vacuum leaks
2. A throttle valve that does not close correctly
3. Verify the correct operation of the crankcase ventilation system. Inspect for the conditions listed below: The routing of the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) system Vacuum leaks in the PCV system-Refer to «Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If a condition is found, repair as necessary.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

Throttle Body Assembly Replacement

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each of the diagnostic category.

This diagnostic applies to internal microprocessor integrity conditions within the engine control module (ECM) and the throttle actuator control (TAC) system. This diagnostic also addresses if the ECM is not programmed.

The ECM monitors its ability to read and write to the memory. It also monitors a timing function. The ECM and the TAC processors are used to monitor the TAC system data. Both processors monitor the other processors data to verify that the indicated APP calculation is correct. The ECM performs an intrusive test in order to confirm that the APP signals are not shorted together. The ECM accomplishes this by pulling the APP sensor 2 low momentarily and looking for sensor 1 to also be pulled low.

P0601, P0604

1. The ignition switch is in Run or Crank.
2. These DTCs run continuously when the above condition is met.

P0602, P0603, P062F

1. The ignition switch is in ON.
2. These DTCs run once per ignition cycle.

P0606, P0607, P060D

1. The ignition switch is in Run or Crank.
2. The system voltage is more than 6 V.
3. Reduced engine power is not active.
4. These DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P2610

1. The intake air temperature is between -40 to +125°C (-40 to +257°F).
2. DTC P2610 runs once per ignition cycle.

The ECM detects an internal failure or incomplete programming for more than 10 s.

Actions Taken When the DTC Sets

1. DTCs P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P060D, and P062F are Type A DTCs.
2. DTC P0607 is a Type C DTC.
3. DTC P2610 is a Type B DTC.

1. DTCs P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P060D, and P062F are Type A DTCs.
2. DTC P0607 is a Type C DTC.
3. DTC P2610 is a Type B DTC.

Low voltage or a momentary loss of power or ground to the ECM may cause a DTC to set. Verify the following

1. The battery cables are clean and tight, and the battery is fully charged. Refer to «Battery Inspection/Test»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/charging-system/#battery-charging-system-and-starting-system) .
2. The ECM ground circuits do not have an open or high resistance.
3. The ECM power circuits do not have an open, short to ground, or high resistance.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P060D, P062F, or P2610 should not set.
2. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition ON, clear the DTC information with a scan tool.
2. Observe the scan tool DTC information. If DTC P0602 failed this ignition, reprogram the K20 ECM. Refer to «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) . If DTC P0602 resets, replace the K20 ECM.
3. Observe the scan tool DTC information. Verify that DTC P0601, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P060D, P062F, or P2610 does not set. If a DTC failed this ignition, replace the K20 ECM.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Control Module References for ECM replacement, programming and setup

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The engine control module (ECM) has 2 internal 5 V reference circuits. Each internal reference circuit provides a 5 V reference for more than one sensor. A short to ground or short to voltage on one external 5 V reference circuit can affect the other components connected to the same internal 5 V reference circuit.

1. Reduced engine power is not active.
2. The ignition voltage is greater than 6 V.
3. The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

The ECM detects a voltage out of range condition on the 5 V reference 1 or 2 circuit for greater than 0.5 s.

DTC P0641 and P0651 are Type A DTCs.

DTC P0641 and P0651 are Type A DTCs.

1. The 5 V reference 1 circuit provides 5 V to the following sensors: Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor Fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor 2 Air conditioning (A/C) refrigerant pressure sensor All four camshaft position sensors
2. The 5 V reference 2 circuit provides 5 V to the following sensors: APP sensor 1 Throttle position sensor 1 and 2 Crankshaft position sensor
3. It may be possible to locate the fault by disconnecting one component at a time from the affected 5 V reference circuit while viewing the 5 V Reference circuit status parameter on the scan tool. The scan tool parameter will change from Fault to OK when the source of the fault is disconnected. If all 5 V reference components have been disconnected and a fault is still indicated, the fault may exist in the wiring harness.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Observe the scan tool 5 V reference 1 and the 5 V reference 2 parameters. Verify the parameters display between 4.8-5.2 V.
2. Ignition ON, observe the DTC information with a scan tool. DTCs P0641 and P0651 should not set.
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

Note. Additional DTCs will set when disconnecting the components.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector of all appropriate sensors for the applicable DTC. Refer to Diagnostic Aids for the appropriate sensors.
2. Ignition ON, measure for 4.8-5.2 V between one of the 5 V reference circuits and ground. If less than the specified range, test for a short to ground on the 5 V reference circuit for each affected component. If all circuits test normal, replace the K20 ECM. If greater than the specified range, test for a short to voltage on the 5 V reference circuit for each affected component. If all circuits test normal, replace the K20 ECM.
3. Connect each component associated with the 5 V reference circuit, one at a time, while monitoring the appropriate scan tool 5 V Reference Voltage parameter. Verify the voltage remains between 4.8-5.2 V. If not within the specified range when a component is connected, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the appropriate component.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/automatic-hvac-system/#heating-ventilation-and-air-conditioning)
3. «Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Bank 1 (Right Side) Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
4. «Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Bank 2 (Left Side) Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
5. «Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Bank 1 (Right Side) Intake»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
6. «Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Bank 2 (Left Side) Intake»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
7. «Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
8. «Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement (NU5 or NT7)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
9. «Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
10. «Throttle Body Assembly Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
11. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illuminates to inform the driver that an emission system fault has occurred and that the engine control system requires service. Ignition voltage is supplied directly to the MIL and, when the emission system fault occurs, the engine control module (ECM) turns the MIL ON by grounding the MIL control circuit. Under normal operating conditions, the MIL should be ON only when the ignition is ON and the engine is OFF.

1. The ignition voltage is between 10-32 V.
2. The ECM has commanded the MIL ON at least once.
3. The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

The ECM detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match.

DTC P0650 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P0650 is a Type B DTC.

If the condition is intermittent, move the related harnesses and connectors with the ignition ON and the engine OFF, and with the engine operating while monitoring the scan tool MIL control circuit status parameters. The MIL control circuit status parameters will change from OK or Not Run to Malfunction if there is a condition with the circuit or a connection.

Schematic Reference

1. «Engine Controls Schematics»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-wiring-schematic-diagrams)
2. «Instrument Cluster Schematics»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#instrument-panel-system-displays-and-gauges)

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON, command the MIL ON and OFF with a scan tool. The MIL should turn ON and OFF as commanded.
2. Command the MIL ON and OFF with a scan tool while observing the control circuit status parameters listed below: MIL Ckt Short Gnd Test Status MIL Ckt Open Test Status MIL Ckt Short Volts Test Status Each parameter should display OK or Not Run.
3. Engine running, command the MIL ON and OFF with a scan tool while observing the control circuit status parameters listed below: MIL Ckt Short Gnd Test Status MIL Ckt Open Test Status MIL Ckt Short Volts Test Status Each parameter should display OK or Not Run.
4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K20 ECM.
2. Ignition ON, the MIL should not illuminate. If the MIL illuminates, test the MIL control circuit terminal 12-X1 for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the P16 instrument cluster.
3. Connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the MIL control circuit terminal 12-X1 and ground. The MIL should illuminate. If the MIL illuminates, replace the K20 ECM. If the MIL does not illuminate, test the MIL control circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the MIL control circuit tests normal, test the instrument cluster ignition voltage circuit for a short to ground or open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the P16 instrument panel cluster/bulb.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming
2. «Instrument Cluster Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#instrument-panel-system-displays-and-gauges)

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Powertrain Relay

Run/Crank Relay

EC Ignition Relay Control Ckt Open, Short Gnd, Short Volts Test Status - OFF

EC Ignition Relay Control Ckt Open, Short Gnd, Short Volts Test Status - ON

There are 2 ignition voltage circuits supplied to the engine control module (ECM). One is supplied by the powertrain relay and the other is supplied by the Run/Crank relay. The ECM monitors and compares the ignition voltage supplied by the 2 relays.

P0685

1. The ignition is ON.
2. Ignition 1 signal voltage is between 11-32 V.
3. The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0690

1. P0685 is not set.
2. The powertrain relay is commanded on.
3. The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P1682

1. The powertrain relay is commanded on.
2. Ignition 1 Signal voltage is greater than 5.5 V.
3. The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0685

The ECM detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match for greater than 2 s.

P0690

1. The ECM detects the engine controls ignition relay feedback circuit is greater than 2 V when the relay is commanded OFF.
2. The ECM detects the engine controls ignition relay feedback circuit is greater than 18 V when the relay is commanded ON.
3. The condition is present for greater than 2 s.

P1682

The ECM detects that the voltage level difference is greater than 3 V between the 2 ignition voltage circuits for less than 1 s.

1. DTCs P0685 and P0690 are Type B DTCs.
2. DTC P1682 is a Type A DTC.

1. DTCs P0685 and P0690 are Type B DTCs.
2. DTC P1682 is a Type A DTC.

Schematic Reference

1. «Engine Controls Schematics»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-wiring-schematic-diagrams)
2. «Power Distribution Schematics»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-wiring-schematics-and-wiring-harness-routing-diagrams)

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Electrical Center Identification Views»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/electrical-component-locations/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-component-locator-electrical-center-identification-views)
4. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
5. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON, command the EC Ignition Relay ON and OFF with a scan tool while observing the following EC Ignition Relay control circuit status parameters: EC Ignition Relay Control Ckt Short Gnd Test Status EC Ignition Relay Control Ckt Open Test Status EC Ignition Relay Control Ckt Short Volts Test Status Each parameter should display OK or Not Run in each commanded state.
2. Ignition ON, view the DTC information with a scan tool. DTC P0685, P0690, or P1682 should not set.
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

Note. You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing unless sent here from Engine Cranks But Does Not Run.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the KR75 powertrain relay.
2. Verify a test lamp illuminates between ground and the relay circuit terminals listed below: Terminal 86 Terminal 87 If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the relay battery voltage circuit for an open/high resistance.
3. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the ignition voltage circuit terminal 87 and ground. If the test lamp illuminates, test the ignition voltage circuit for a short to voltage.
4. Connect a 20 A fused jumper wire between the relay switch B+ circuit terminal 87 and the relay switch ignition voltage circuit terminal 30.
5. Ignition ON, observe the scan tool EC Ignition Relay Feedback Signal parameter. The ECM should communicate, and the parameter should display B+. If not the specified value, or the ECM does not communicate, test the ignition voltage circuit between the powertrain relay and the ECM for a short to ground or for an open/high resistance. If the circuit/connections test normal, replace the K20 ECM.
6. Ignition OFF, connect a DMM set to the diode setting between control circuit terminal 85 and ground. Verify the DMM displays OL. If not the specified value, test the control circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM.
7. Ignition ON, verify the DMM displays less than 1 V. If not the specified range, test the control circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM.
8. If all circuits test normal, replace the KR75 powertrain relay.

1. Test for one of the following resistance specifications between terminals 85 and 86 of the KR75 powertrain relay: 70-110 ohms 200-250 ohms If not within the specified range, replace the KR75 powertrain relay.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the following terminals of the KR75 powertrain relay: 30 and 86 30 and 87 30 and 85 85 and 87 If not the specified value, replace the KR75 powertrain relay.
3. Install a 20 A fused jumper wire between relay terminal 85 and 12 V. Install a jumper wire between relay terminal 86 and ground. Test for less than 2 ohms between terminals 30 and 87. If greater than the specified range, replace the KR75 powertrain relay.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions) , «Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each of the diagnostic category.

Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) P0700 is an informational DTC that indicates that an emission related transmission DTC has set in the transmission control module (TCM). The engine control module (ECM) turns ON the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) when the TCM sends a message over the serial data circuit requesting MIL illumination. The DTC information for the ECM will only display DTC P0700, and the ECM Freeze Frame/Failure Records data will display the engine operating conditions that were present when the transmission DTC was set. The TCM Freeze Frame/Failure records data is available from the DTC that was set in the TCM.

1. The ignition is ON or the engine is operating.
2. DTC P0700 runs continuously.

The ECM receives a serial data message from the TCM requesting the ECM to turn ON the MIL.

DTC P0700 is a Type A DTC.

DTC P0700 is a Type A DTC.

Communication codes, U-codes, as well as powertrain codes, P-codes, set in the TCM can cause the TCM to request DTC P0700 to be set in the ECM.

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Verify that there are no engine controls or communication DTCs set. If a DTC is set Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for diagnosis of engine control or communications DTCs. If a DTC is not set
2. Verify that there are no transmission control module DTCs set. If a DTC is set Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for diagnosis of transmission control module DTCs. If a DTC is not set
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
4. Verify the DTC does not set. If the DTC sets Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) . If the DTC does not set
5. All OK.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The catalytic converter must be warmed to efficiently reduce the emissions. The cold start strategy is to reduce the amount of time it takes to warm the catalytic converter. During a cold start, the engine idle speed is elevated and spark timing is retarded to allow the catalyst to warm quickly. This diagnostic monitors the following to build an exhaust energy model

1. Engine speed
2. Spark advance
3. Throttle position
4. Engine airflow
5. Engine coolant temperature
6. Engine runtime
7. Park/neutral position
8. Vehicle speed

The actual model is then compared to the expected exhaust energy model.

1. The engine is running, and a cold start has been detected.
2. The vehicle speed is less than 2 km/h (1 mph).
3. The engine is at idle with no input from the accelerator pedal.
4. Airflow is greater than 40 mg/cylinder.
5. DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0300, P0335, P0336, P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354, P0355, P0356, P0501, P0502, P0506, P0507, P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P060D, P062F, P0641, P0651, P1101, P1516, P1682, P2101, P2119, P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128, P2135, P2138, P2176, P2610 are not set.

This DTC runs for 15 seconds within the first 2 minutes of start-up. This diagnostic runs once per trip when a cold start has been determined.

The actual exhaust energy model does not match the expected exhaust energy model.

DTC P1400 is a Type A DTC.

DTC P1400 is a Type A DTC.

Description and Operation

Engine Control Module Description

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Any loading of the engine that lowers engine RPM, such as with partial application of the clutch, A/C cycling etc. during the first 120 seconds of engine runtime may set this DTC.

1. Allow the engine to cool.
2. Start and idle the engine for at least 2 minutes.
3. DTC P1400 should run and pass.

1. Inspect the air intake system for the following: Damage, restriction, or modification Dirty or deteriorating air filter element Crankcase ventilation system for correct operation-Refer to «Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . Water intrusion Vacuum leak and other un-metered air downstream of the mass air flow (MAF) sensor Intake manifold leak
2. Inspect the exhaust system for the following: Water intrusion Exhaust leak Damaged, restricted, modified or enhanced exhaust system-Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system__symptoms-engine-exhaust) .
3. Inspect the engine mechanical for items that could alter the air flow into the combustion chamber. Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Mechanical»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The engine control module (ECM) controls the throttle valve by applying a varying voltage to the control circuits of the throttle actuator control (TAC) motor. The ECM monitors the duty cycle that is required to actuate the throttle valve. The ECM monitors the throttle position (TP) sensors 1 and 2 to determine the actual throttle valve position.

P1516 or P2101

1. DTC P1682 is not set.
2. The run/crank or powertrain relay voltage is greater than 6.0 V and reduced power is not active.
3. The engine is running or the following conditions are met: The engine is not running. The ignition voltage is greater than 11 V. The TAC system is not in the Battery Saver mode. The ECM is commanding the throttle. The ECM has learned the minimum throttle position.
4. The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P2119

1. DTCs P0122, P0123, P0222, or P0223 is not set.
2. The run/crank or powertrain relay voltage is greater than 6.0 V and reduced power is not active.
3. The system is not in the Battery Save mode.
4. The ECM is not commanding the throttle.
5. DTC P2119 runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P2176

1. DTC P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223, or P1682 is not set.
2. The ignition is ON.
3. The run/crank or powertrain relay voltage is greater than 6.0 V and reduced power is not active.
4. The ECM enable the minimum throttle learn procedure.
5. DTC P2176 runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P1516

1. The ECM detects the actual throttle position does not match the predicted throttle position for greater than 1 s. Or
2. The ECM detects the throttle control is driving the throttle in the incorrect direction.

P2101

1. The ECM detects the actual throttle position does not match the predicted throttle position for greater than 1 s. Or
2. The ECM detects the throttle control is driving the throttle in the incorrect direction or exceed the reduced power limit.

P2119

The ECM detects the throttle blade did not return to the rest position within 1 s.

P2176

The ECM detects that both throttle position (TP) sensors were greater than a predetermined voltage during the minimum throttle learn procedure for greater than 2 s.

1. DTCs P1516, P2101, and P2176 are type A DTCs.
2. DTC P2119 is a type C DTC.
3. The ECM commands the TAC system to operate in the Reduced Engine Power mode.
4. A message center or an indicator displays Reduced Engine Power.
5. Under certain conditions, the control module commands the engine OFF.

1. DTCs P1516, P2101, and P2176 are type A DTCs.
2. DTC P2119 is a type C DTC.

1. Inspect for a condition in which the throttle valve may have been held open. For example, ice may have formed in the throttle bore causing the throttle valve not to close.
2. A high resistance condition on the throttle position and throttle actuator control circuits could cause a DTC to set.
3. A low battery condition may cause a DTC to set.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON.
2. Verify DTC P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0562, P0621, P0622, or P2135 is not set. If any of the DTCs are set Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis. If none of the DTCs are set
3. Verify the scan tool Throttle Body Idle Airflow Compensation parameter is less than 90 %. 90 % or greater Refer to «Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions__throttle-body-inspection-and-cleaning) . If less than 90 %
4. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool.
5. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
6. Ignition ON.
7. Verify the scan tool TAC Motor parameter displays Enabled. If Disabled Refer to Circuit/System Testing If Enabled
8. Verify DTC P1516, P2101, P2119, or P2176 is not set. If any of the DTCs are set Refer to Circuit/System Testing If none of the DTCs are set
9. Verify the scan tool TAC Motor parameter displays Enabled while performing the Throttle Sweep Test with a scan tool. If Disabled NOTE: Before replacing the throttle body assembly, make sure the TAC motor control circuits are not shorted to B+. Test or replace the Q38 throttle body assembly. If Enabled
10. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
11. Verify the DTC does not set. If the DTC sets Refer to Circuit/System Testing If the DTC does not set
12. All OK

1. Ignition OFF.
2. Verify the conditions listed below do not exist with the Q38 throttle body assembly: A throttle blade that is not in the rest position A throttle blade that is binding open or closed A throttle blade that is free to move open or closed without spring pressure If a condition is found Test or replace the Q38 throttle body assembly. If a condition is not found
3. Ignition OFF.
4. Disconnect the harness connector at the Q38 throttle body assembly, ignition ON.
5. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate continuously between each motor control circuit listed below and ground. TAC Motor Control Open circuit terminal 1 TAC Motor Control Closed circuit terminal 2 If the test lamp illuminates continuously Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module, ignition ON Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If the test lamp is always OFF
6. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between each motor control circuit listed below and B+. TAC Motor Control Open circuit terminal 1 TAC Motor Control Closed circuit terminal 2 If the test lamp illuminates Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K20 engine control module. If the test lamp is always OFF
7. Ignition OFF, set the DMM to the 40 V scale, select the Min/Max Recording Mode, and set the Peak Min/Max response time to 1 ms.
8. Verify the Max voltage is within 3 V of B+ while using DMM Min/Max Recording Mode function on each control circuit listed below as the ignition is turned ON. TAC Motor Control Open circuit terminal 1 TAC Motor Control Closed circuit terminal 2 If not within 3 V of B+ Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 engine control module. If within 3 V of B+
9. Test or replace the Q38 throttle body assembly.

1. «Throttle Body Assembly Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup

1. Ignition OFF.
2. Install any components that have been removed or replaced during diagnosis.
3. Perform any adjustments, programming or setup procedures that are required when a component is removed or replaced.
4. Ignition ON.
5. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool.
6. Turn the ignition OFF for 60 s.
7. Ignition ON.
8. Verify the scan tool TAC Motor parameter displays Enabled while performing the Throttle Sweep Test with a scan tool. If Disabled Test or replace the Q38 throttle body assembly. If Enabled
9. If the repair was related to a DTC, duplicate the Conditions for Running the DTC and use the Freeze Frame/Failure Records, if applicable, in order to verify the DTC does not reset. If any DTC sets Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis. If no DTCs set
10. All OK

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

APP Sensor 1

APP Sensor 2

The accelerator pedal assembly contains 2 accelerator pedal position (APP) sensors. The APP sensors are mounted to the accelerator pedal assembly and are not serviceable. The APP sensors provide a signal voltage that changes relative to pedal position. The engine control module (ECM) supplies each APP sensor with a 5 V reference circuit, a low reference circuit, and a signal circuit.

Both the APP sensors 1 and 2 signal percentages increase as the pedal is depressed, from approximately 0 percent at rest to above 95 percent when fully depressed.

P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128

1. DTC P0641 and P0651 are not set.
2. The ignition is ON or the engine is running.
3. The run/crank or powertrain relay voltage is greater than 6.0 V and reduced power is not active.
4. DTC 2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128 run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P2138

1. DTC P0641, P0651, P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, and P2128 are not set.
2. The ignition is ON or the engine is running.
3. The run/crank or powertrain relay voltage is greater than 6.0 V and reduced power is not active.
4. DTC P2138 runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P2120

The ECM detects the APP sensor 1 voltage is less than 0.46 V or greater than 4.75 V for greater than 1 s.

P2122

The ECM detects the APP sensor 1 voltage is less than 0.46 V for greater than 1 s.

P2123

The ECM detects the APP sensor 1 voltage is greater than 4.75 V for greater than 1 s.

P2125

The ECM detects the APP sensor 2 voltage is less than 0.32 V, or greater than 2.6 V for greater than 1 s.

P2127

The ECM detects the APP sensor 2 voltage is less than 0.32 V for greater than 1 s.

P2128

The ECM detects the APP sensor 2 voltage is greater than 2.6 V for greater than 1 s.

P2138

The ECM detects the voltage difference between APP sensor 1 and APP sensor 2 exceeds a predetermined value for greater than 1 s.

1. DTCs P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128, and P2138 are Type A DTCs.
2. The control module commands the TAC system to operate in the Reduced Engine Power mode.
3. A message center or an indicator displays Reduced Engine Power.
4. Under certain conditions the control module commands the engine OFF.

DTCs P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, and P2138 are type A DTCs.

1. A high resistance condition on the accelerator pedal position circuits could cause a DTC to set.
2. Ensure that the in-line harness connector seals are installed correctly. Improper installation could result in water intrusion into the connector and cause a DTC to set.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON.
2. Verify DTC P0641 or P0651 is not set. If any of the DTCs are set Refer to «DTC P0641 or P0651»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) for further diagnosis. If none of the DTCs are set
3. Verify the scan tool APP Sensor 1 voltage parameter is between 0.46-4.75 V and changes with accelerator pedal input. If not between 0.46-4.75 V or does not change Refer to Circuit/System Testing If between 0.46-4.75 V and changes
4. Verify the scan tool APP Sensor 2 voltage parameter is between 0.32-2.6 V and changes with accelerator pedal input. If not between 0.32-2.6 V or does not change Refer to Circuit/System Testing If between 0.32-2.6 V and changes
5. Verify the scan tool APP Sensor 1 and 2 Agree/Disagree parameter displays Agree while performing the tests listed below: Rapidly depress the accelerator pedal from the rest position to the wide open throttle position (WOT) and release pedal. Repeat the procedure several times. Slowly depress the accelerator pedal to WOT and then slowly return the pedal to closed throttle. Repeat the procedure several times. If Disagree Refer to Circuit/System Testing If Agree
6. Verify that DTC P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, or P2138 is not set. If any of the DTCs are set Refer to Circuit/System Testing If none of the DTCs set
7. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
8. Verify the DTC does not set. If the DTC sets Refer to Circuit/System Testing If the DTC does not set
9. All OK

1. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B107 accelerator pedal position sensor. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the appropriate low reference circuit terminal listed below and ground. APP sensor 1 low reference circuit terminal 5 or D APP sensor 2 low reference circuit terminal 4 or A If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the low reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 engine control module. If less than 5 ohms
3. Ignition ON.
4. Test for 4.8-5.2 V between the appropriate 5 V reference circuit terminal listed below and ground. APP sensor 1 5 V reference circuit terminal 2 or F APP sensor 2 5 V reference circuit terminal 1 or C If less than 4.8 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the 5 V reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 engine control module. If greater than 5.2 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K20 engine control module. If between 4.8-5.2 V
5. Verify the scan tool APP sensor 1 and APP sensor 2 voltage parameters are less than 0.3 V. If 0.3 V or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal listed below and ground. APP sensor 1 signal circuit terminal 3 or E APP sensor 2 signal circuit terminal 6 or B If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K20 engine control module. If less than 0.3 V
6. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and the 5 V reference circuit terminal 1 or C. APP sensor 1 signal circuit terminal 3 or E APP sensor 2 signal circuit terminal 6 or B
7. Verify the scan tool APP sensor voltage parameter is greater than 4.8 V. If 4.8 V or less Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 engine control module. If greater than 4.8 V
8. Test or replace the B107 accelerator pedal position sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

1. «Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, programming, and setup

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The Fuel Trim Cylinder Balance diagnostic detects a rich or lean cylinder to cylinder air/fuel ratio imbalance in each bank. The diagnostic monitors the pre-catalyst heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) signal's frequency and amplitude characteristics by calculating an accumulated voltage over a predetermined sample period. An imbalance is indicated when multiple samples of the accumulated voltage are consistently higher than the desired value.

1. DTCs P0030, P0050, P0053, P0059, P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0128, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0151, P0152, P0153, P0154, P0155, P0201-P0206, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300, P0301-P0306, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P0606, P1133, P1153, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2120, P2122, P2125, P2127, P2128, P2135, P2138, P2176, P2A00, P2A03 are not set.
2. Device controls are not active.
3. All intrusive diagnostics are not active.
4. Engine overspeed protection is not active.
5. The traction control is not active.
6. The engine is in Closed Loop status.
7. The system voltage is between 10-32 V for greater than 4 s.
8. The engine run time is greater than 30 seconds.
9. The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is warmer than -20°C (-4°F).
10. The engine speed is between 425-6, 000 RPM.
11. The mass air flow is between 20-510 g/s.

Multiple samples of the pre-catalyst HO2S accumulated voltage are consistently greater than the desired value.

DTCs P219A and P219B are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P219A and P219B are Type B DTCs.

1. The fuel trim cylinder balance diagnostic is very sensitive to HO2S design. A non-OE sensor or an incorrect part number may cause a DTC to set.
2. Monitoring the misfire current counters, or misfire graph, may help to isolate the cylinder that is causing the condition.
3. Certain aftermarket air filters may cause a DTC to set.
4. Certain aftermarket air induction systems or modifications to the air induction system may cause a DTC to set.
5. Certain aftermarket exhaust system components may cause a DTC to set.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__troubleshooting-with-a-test-lamp)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Read and record the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data taking note of the speed and load at which the DTC set.
2. Diagnose any other DTCs that are set. Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) .
3. With the engine idling and the transmission in the Park or Neutral position, observe the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor parameter. The MAP sensor parameter should be between 19-42 kPa. If the MAP sensor parameter is not between 19-42 kPa, refer to «DTC P0106»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) , or «DTC P0107 or P0108»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
4. Inspect the air induction system for modified, damaged, leaking, or restricted components.
5. Inspect the crankcase ventilation system for improper operation. Refer to «Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
6. Inspect the vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, and improper connections.
7. Inspect for vacuum leaks at the intake manifold, the throttle body, and the injector O-rings.
8. Test for a restricted, damaged, leaking, or modified exhaust system from the catalytic converter forward. Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system__symptoms-engine-exhaust) .
9. Test the fuel injectors for improper operation. Refer to «Fuel Injector Solenoid Coil Test»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
10. Test for fuel contamination. Refer to «Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
11. Test for excessive fuel in the crankcase due to leaking injectors.
12. Test the ignition system for improper operation. Refer to «Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
13. Test the engine for any mechanical conditions such as sticking valves, lifters, etc., which could alter the flow into the combustion chamber. Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Mechanical»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure. Verify the repair under the same speed and load as noted in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data recorded during testing.

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for a overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

To improve shift feel, the transmission control module (TCM) is constantly sending the engine control module (ECM) serial data messages with information regarding it's request for modifying engine speed or torque. The serial data messages are sent through two circuits which are part of a communication network called the controller area network (CAN). The ECM sets DTC P2544 when it detects a discrepancy in the structure of the message causing the integrity of the message to be questioned.

An intermittent fault in the CAN circuits will cause the ECM to set DTC P2544.

1. The engine run time is greater than 0.5 s.
2. No other CAN errors are present.

The ECM detects that the engine speed and torque modification messages from the TCM are either corrupted or intermittently missing for greater than 4 s.

1. DTC P2544 is a Type B DTC.
2. The TCM commands maximum line pressure during shifts, which results in harsh shifts.
3. The TCM freezes adaptive functions.

DTC P2544 is a Type B DTC.

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Note. DTC P2544 is an informational DTC. Diagnose all other engine control module DTCs prior to DTC P2544.

1. Verify there are no other engine control module or communication DTCs set. If a DTC is set Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) If a DTC is not set
2. Complete the diagnosis by looking for an intermittent CAN circuit fault. Refer to «Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with High Speed GMLAN Device»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#data-communications-system) . If an intermittent CAN circuit fault is found Repair as necessary. If an intermittent CAN circuit fault is not found
3. All OK.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Control Module References for TCM replacement, setup, and programming.

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Symptoms Description

Symptoms covers conditions that are not covered by DTCs. Certain conditions can cause multiple symptoms. These conditions are listed together under Symptoms Testing. Conditions that may only cause specific symptoms are listed separately under Additional Symptoms Testing. Perform the Symptoms Testing before using the Additional Symptoms Testing.

Symptoms Verification

Before using the Symptom tables, perform the following inspections

1. Verify that the engine control module (ECM) and malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) are operating correctly.
2. Verify that there are no diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) that are stored.
3. Verify that the scan tool data is within a normal operating range. Refer to «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) .
4. Verify the customer concern.
5. Perform the Visual/Physical Inspection in this section. The visual/physical inspection is extremely important, and can lead to correcting a condition without additional testing. It may also help reveal the cause of an intermittent condition.

Identifying Intermittent Conditions

Many intermittent conditions occur with harness or connector movement due to engine torque, rough pavement, vibration or physical movements of a component. Refer to the following for a list of issues that may cause an intermittent condition

1. Moisture and water intrusion in connectors, terminals, and components
2. Incomplete connector mating
3. Poor terminal contact
4. High circuit or component resistance-High resistance can include any resistance, regardless of the amount, which can interrupt the operation of the component.
5. Harness that is too short or tight
6. Wire insulation that is chaffed or cut
7. High or low ambient temperature
8. High or low engine coolant temperatures
9. High underhood temperatures
10. Heat build up in component or circuit due to circuit resistance, poor terminal contact, or high electrical load
11. High or low system voltage
12. High vehicle load conditions
13. Rough road surfaces
14. Electro-magnetic interference (EMI)/circuit interference from relays, solenoids or other electrical surge
15. Incorrect installation of aftermarket, add on accessories

Visual/Physical Check

1. Verify that the control module grounds are clean, tight, and correctly located.
2. Verify that the vacuum hoses are not split or kinked, and are properly connected.
3. Verify that the air filter is clean and free from restrictions.
4. Verify that there is no water intrusion in connectors terminals and components.
5. Inspect the air intake ducts for the following conditions: Collapsed Damaged areas Looseness Incorrect installation Leaking
6. Inspect for air leaks at the throttle body mounting area, the mass air flow (MAF) sensor and intake manifold sealing surfaces.
7. Inspect the wiring harness for the following conditions: Poor connections Pinches Cuts
8. Inspect for loose, damaged, unseated, or missing sensors/components.
9. Inspect the terminals for corrosion and correct contact.

Symptoms Testing

Backfire, Cuts Out/Misses, Detonation/Spark Knock, Dieseling/Run-On, Hard Start, Hesitation/Sag/Stumble, Lack of Power/Sluggishness/Sponginess, Poor Fuel Economy, Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling, or Surges/Chuggles

1. Test the fuel system for the following: Correct fuel system operation and pressure. Refer «Fuel System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . Improperly operating fuel injectors. Refer to «Fuel Injector Solenoid Coil Test»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . Poor fuel quality condition. Refer to «Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
2. Test ignition system for the following: Spark plugs with incorrect heat range or an abnormal condition -Refer to «Spark Plug Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions__spark-plug-inspection) , and «Ignition System Specifications»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-specifications__ignition-system-specifications) . Coolant or oil fouled spark plugs. For diagnosis, refer to «Coolant in Combustion Chamber»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__coolant-in-combustion-chamber) , or «Oil Consumption Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__oil-consumption-diagnosis) . Weak spark using the Spark Tester-Refer to «Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . Secondary ignition system susceptible to moisture. Engine running, wet down the secondary ignition system with water from a spray bottle to help locate damaged or deteriorated components. Look/listen for arcing or misfiring as the water is applied.
3. Inspect for the following conditions: Improperly operating transmission torque converter clutch (TCC). The scan tool should indicate an engine speed drop when the TCC is commanded ON. Refer to «Torque Converter Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/automatic-trans/#automatic-transmission-6t70-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . Improperly operating A/C compressor. Items that can cause an engine to run lean or rich. Refer to «DTC P0171, P0172, P0174, or P0175»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . Slow responding heated oxygen sensors (HO2S). The heated oxygen sensors should respond quickly to different throttle positions. CAUTION: Refer to «Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Caution»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#dangers-warnings-and-cautions__heated-oxygen-and-oxygen-sensor-caution) . Water intrusion in the heated oxygen sensor connector. NOTE: The embossed arrows on the mass air flow sensor (MAF) indicate the direction of the intake air flow. The arrow must point toward the engine. Incorrect mass air flow sensor installation. A mass air flow sensor that is incorrectly installed may cause a hard start. Install the mass air flow sensor in the correct direction. Refer to «Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions) . Loose mass air flow sensor connections. Engine oil contaminated with fuel. Split or kinked vacuum hoses. Verify that the routing and connections are correct. Excessive knock sensor system spark retard activity. Observe the scan tool Knock Retard parameter for activity greater than 0 °. An intermittent crankshaft position sensor signal. Observe the scan tool Crankshaft Position Resync Counter parameter. The Resync Counter parameter should remain at 0 during all operating conditions and when moving the related harnesses and connectors between the crankshaft position sensor and the engine control module. Electromagnetic interference (EMI) on the reference circuit can cause a misfire condition. You can usually detect electromagnetic interference with a scan tool by monitoring the engine speed parameter. A sudden increase in the engine speed parameter with little change in actual engine speed indicates that electromagnetic interference is present. Inspect the high voltage components near the ignition control circuit if a condition exists. Improperly operating crankcase ventilation valve. Refer to «Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) Improperly operating evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge solenoid.
4. Inspect the engine cooling system for the following: A thermostat with incorrect heat range. Refer to «Thermostat Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system) Improper engine coolant level. if the level is low, refer to «Loss of Coolant»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system__loss-of-coolant) For additional information, refer to «Symptoms - Engine Cooling»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system)
5. Inspect the exhaust system components for the following: Physical damage or possible internal failure Restricted three-way catalytic converter For additional information, refer to «Symptoms - Engine Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system__symptoms-engine-exhaust)
6. Inspect the engine for the following mechanical failures: Excessive oil in the combustion chamber or leaking valve seals Oil consumption Incorrect cylinder compression Sticking or leaking valves Worn camshaft lobes Incorrect valve timing Worn rocker arms Broken valve springs Excessive carbon buildup in the combustion chambers-Clean the chambers with top engine cleaner. Follow the instructions on the can. Incorrect engine parts Correct engine oil pressure Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Mechanical»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
7. If the above conditions do not address the symptom, refer to the additional symptoms tests.

Additional Symptoms Tests

Detonation/Spark Knock

1. Test for an engine overheating condition. Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Cooling»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system) .
2. Verify that the engine coolant temperature (ECT) has not shifted in value. Refer to «Temperature Versus Resistance (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-engine-coolant-temperature) .
3. Inspect for excessive carbon buildup in the combustion chambers. Clean the chambers with Top Engine Cleaner, if necessary. Follow the instructions on the can.
4. If there are no engine mechanical faults, fill the fuel tank with a known high quality fuel that meets the vehicle minimum octane requirements.

ECM Commanded Reduced Engine Power

Review the scan tool Reduced Engine Power History parameter to determine the reason for the last reduced engine power event and refer to Engine Control Module Scan Tool Information (2.4L) , Engine Control Module Scan Tool Information (3.6L) for various conditions that can cause reduced engine power.

Hard Start

1. Observe the scan tool Throttle Body Idle Airflow Compensation parameter. A value greater than 80% may indicate an excessive accumulation of deposits in the throttle bore. Inspect the throttle body and clean, if necessary. Refer to «Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions__throttle-body-inspection-and-cleaning) .
2. Verify that the engine coolant temperature (ECT) has not shifted in value. Refer to «Temperature Versus Resistance (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-engine-coolant-temperature) .
3. Verify the engine electrical system for correct operation. Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Electrical»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/charging-system/#battery-charging-system-and-starting-system__symptoms-engine-electrical) .
4. Verify that the driver is using the correct starting procedure as described in the owner's manual.
5. Verify that there is adequate fuel.
6. Inspect for excessive crankshaft endplay that will cause the crankshaft position sensor reluctor wheel to move out of alignment with the crankshaft position sensor. Refer to «Crankshaft and Bearing Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-repair-instructions-off-vehicle) .
7. Start and run the vehicle until fully warm. Observe the camshaft position variation parameter while accelerating up to 1, 500 RPM and back to idle several times. The camshaft position variation should indicate a value for 1-2 s, then return to 0 degree. If the camshaft actuator does not respond, refer to «Camshaft Timing Drive Components Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-repair-instructions-off-vehicle) .

Hesitation, Sag, Stumble

1. Inspect the mass air flow (MAF) sensor for obstruction, contamination, and damage. Refer to «Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions) .
2. Test the charging system. Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Electrical»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/charging-system/#battery-charging-system-and-starting-system__symptoms-engine-electrical) . Repair the charging system if the generator output voltage is less than 9 V or more than 16 V.
3. Inspect for excessive crankshaft endplay that will cause the crankshaft position sensor reluctor wheel to move out of alignment with the crankshaft position sensor. Refer to «Crankshaft and Bearing Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-repair-instructions-off-vehicle) .

Lack of Power, Sluggishness, or Sponginess

1. Inspect the engine electrical system for correct operation. Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Electrical»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/charging-system/#battery-charging-system-and-starting-system__symptoms-engine-electrical) .
2. Verify that each injector harness is connected to the correct injector.
3. Inspect the mass air flow (MAF) sensor for obstruction, contamination, and damage. Refer to «Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions) .
4. Start and run the vehicle until fully warm. Observe the camshaft position variation parameter while accelerating up to 1, 500 RPM and back to idle several times. The camshaft position variation should indicate a value for 1-2 s, then return to 0 degree. If the camshaft actuator does not respond, refer to «Camshaft Timing Drive Components Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-repair-instructions-off-vehicle) .

Poor Fuel Economy

1. Heavy loads being carried or towed
2. Acceleration rate too much or too often
3. Inspect for incorrect operation of the speedometer.
4. Verify that the engine coolant temperature (ECT) has not shifted in value. Refer to «Temperature Versus Resistance (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-engine-coolant-temperature) .
5. Inspect the mass air flow (MAF) sensor for obstruction, contamination, and damage. Refer to «Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions) .
6. If equipped, inspect for a stuck intake manifold tuning (IMT) valve. Inspect the intake manifold tuning valve blade for looseness or movement free from intake manifold tuning valve control.
7. Observe the scan tool Throttle Body Idle Airflow Compensation parameter. A value greater than 80% may indicate an excessive accumulation of deposits in the throttle bore. Inspect the throttle body and clean, if necessary. Refer to «Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions__throttle-body-inspection-and-cleaning) .
8. Start and run the vehicle until fully warm. Observe the camshaft position variation parameter while accelerating up to 1, 500 RPM and back to idle several times. The camshaft position variation should indicate a value for 1-2 s, then return to 0 degree. If the camshaft actuator responds erratic, inconsistent, or not at all, refer to «Camshaft Timing Drive Components Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-repair-instructions-off-vehicle) .
9. Inspect the brake system for brake drag.

Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling

1. Observe the scan tool Throttle Body Idle Airflow Compensation parameter. A value greater than 80% may indicate an excessive accumulation of deposits in the throttle bore. Inspect the throttle body and clean, if necessary. Refer to «Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions__throttle-body-inspection-and-cleaning) .
2. Inspect the mass air flow (MAF) sensor for obstruction, contamination, and damage. Refer to «Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions) .
3. Inspect the intake and exhaust manifolds for casting flash.
4. Inspect all bank 1 exhaust camshaft position sensor wiring for poor connections. Start the engine and observe for engine stalling while wiggling the bank 1 exhaust camshaft position sensor wiring harness. Refer to «Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__inducing-intermittent-fault-conditions) for further diagnosis.

Surges/Chuggles

1. Inspect the mass air flow (MAF) sensor for obstruction, contamination, and damage. Refer to «Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions) .
2. Test the heated oxygen sensors (HO2S). The HO2S should respond quickly to a change in throttle position. If the HO2S do not respond to different throttle positions, inspect for contamination from fuel, silicon, or the incorrect use of RTV sealant. The sensors may have a white powdery coating and result in a high, but false, signal voltage, which gives a rich exhaust indication. The ECM reduces the amount of fuel delivered to the engine, causing a driveability condition.
3. Verify that each injector harness is connected to the correct injector.
4. Start and run the vehicle until fully warm. Observe the camshaft position variation parameter while accelerating up to 1, 500 RPM and back to idle several times. The camshaft position variation should indicate a value for 1-2 s, then return to 0 degree. If the camshaft actuator does not respond, refer to «Camshaft Timing Drive Components Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-36l-repair-instructions-off-vehicle) .

Poor Fuel Fill Quality

Poor Fuel Fill Quality

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illuminates to inform the driver that an emission system fault has occurred and that the engine control system requires service. Ignition voltage is supplied directly to the MIL and, when the emission system fault occurs, the engine control module (ECM) turns the MIL ON by grounding the MIL control circuit. Under normal operating conditions, the MIL should be ON only when the ignition is ON and the engine is OFF.

If the condition is intermittent, move the related harnesses and connectors with the ignition ON and the engine OFF, and with the engine operating while monitoring the scan tool MIL control circuit status parameters. The MIL control circuit status parameters will change from OK or Not Run to Malfunction if there is a condition with the circuit or a connection.

Schematic Reference

1. «Engine Controls Schematics»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-wiring-schematic-diagrams)
2. «Instrument Cluster Schematics»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#instrument-panel-system-displays-and-gauges)

Connector End View Reference

Component Connector End Views

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON, command the MIL ON and OFF with a scan tool. The MIL should turn ON and OFF as commanded.
2. Command the MIL ON and OFF with a scan tool while observing the control circuit status parameters listed below: MIL Ckt Short Gnd Test Status MIL Ckt Open Test Status MIL Ckt Short Volts Test Status Each parameter should display OK or Not Run.
3. Engine running, command the MIL ON and OFF with a scan tool while observing the control circuit status parameters listed below: MIL Ckt Short Gnd Test Status MIL Ckt Open Test Status MIL Ckt Short Volts Test Status Each parameter should display OK or Not Run.

Note. Any MIL requesting DTCs that may be set should be diagnosed first.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K20 ECM.
2. Ignition ON, the MIL should not illuminate. If the MIL illuminates, test the MIL control circuit terminal 12-X1 for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the P16 instrument cluster.
3. Connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the MIL control circuit terminal 12-X1 and ground. The MIL should illuminate. If the MIL illuminates, replace the K20 ECM. If the MIL does not illuminate, test the MIL control circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the MIL control circuit tests normal, test the instrument cluster ignition voltage circuit for a short to ground or open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the P16 instrument cluster/bulb.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming
2. «Instrument Cluster Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#instrument-panel-system-displays-and-gauges)

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

This Engine Cranks but Does Not Run is an organized approach to identify a condition which causes the engine to crank but not start. This diagnostic directs the technician to the appropriate system diagnosis.

This diagnostic assumes the system voltage levels are adequate for starter motor operation. Fuel level and fuel quality must be determined for correct diagnosis.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

Component Connector End Views

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Battery Inspection/Test»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/charging-system/#battery-charging-system-and-starting-system)
2. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
3. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
4. «Electrical Center Identification Views»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/electrical-component-locations/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-component-locator-electrical-center-identification-views)
5. «Engine Cranks Slowly»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/charging-system/#battery-charging-system-and-starting-system__engine-cranks-slowly)
6. «Starting System Description and Operation»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/charging-system/#battery-charging-system-and-starting-system__starting-system-description-and-operation)
7. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
8. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

1. CH 48027 Digital Pressure Gauge
2. CH 48027-100 Digital Pressure Gauge
3. J 26792 HEI Spark Tester

Attempt to start the engine. The engine should start and run.

1. Crank the engine while observing the scan tool Vehicle DTC Information. If any of the following DTCs are set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) to diagnose those DTCs: P0016, P0201-P0206, P0230, P0335, P0336, P0351-P0353, P0449, P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P060D, P062F, P0685, P0690, P1516, P1682, P2610.
2. Ignition OFF for 90 seconds, determine the current vehicle testing altitude. Ignition ON, observe the scan tool MAP Sensor parameter. Compare the parameter to the «Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-specifications__altitude-versus-barometric-pressure) table. The MAP Sensor Pressure parameter should be within the specified range indicated in the table. If the reading is not correct for your altitude, diagnose the MAP sensor. Refer to «DTC P0106»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
3. Verify the following scan tool parameters indicate OK, when the engine is cranked: Cylinder 1-6 Injector Circuit Short to Ground Test Status Cylinder 1-6 Injector Circuit Open Test Status If the parameters do not indicate the specified values, refer to «DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, or P0206»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
4. Verify the following scan tool parameters change from Not Run to OK, when the engine is cranked: Cylinder 1-6 Injector Circuit Short to Volts Test Status If the parameters do not indicate the specified values, refer to «DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, or P0206»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
5. Crank the engine while observing the scan tool engine speed parameter. If engine RPM is not indicated, refer to «DTC P0335»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
6. Install a J 26792 Spark Tester.
7. Crank the engine while observing the J 26792 Spark Tester. The spark tester should spark. If spark is not observed, refer to «Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
8. With the ignition ON and the engine OFF, test the fuses that are supplied by the powertrain relay for voltage. If the test lamp does not illuminate on at least one side of each fuse, refer to «DTC P0685, P0689, P0690, or P1682»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
9. Command the fuel pump ON and OFF. Fuel pump should energize when commanded ON and De-energize when commanded OFF. If the fuel pump does not respond, refer to «Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
10. Turn OFF the ignition.
11. Install the CH 48027 Pressure Gauge or CH 48027-100 Pressure Gauge. Turn ON the ignition and command the fuel pump ON while observing the CH 48027 Pressure Gauge or CH 48027-100 Pressure Gauge. The fuel pressure should be between 384-425 kPa (56-62 psi). If the fuel pressure is not within 384-425 kPa (56-62 psi), refer to «Fuel System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
12. Inspect for the following conditions: Compare the actual engine coolant temperature to the ECT parameter. Air filter and air intake system for restrictions and obstructions Test the fuel for contamination. Refer to «Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . Inspect the spark plug. Refer to «Spark Plug Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions__spark-plug-inspection) . Test the exhaust system for restrictions. Refer to «Restricted Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system) .

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Spark Plug Replacement

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The control module enables the fuel pump relay when the ignition switch is turned ON. The control module will disable the fuel pump relay within 2 seconds unless the control module detects ignition reference pulses. The control module continues to enable the fuel pump relay as long as ignition reference pulses are detected. The control module disables the fuel pump relay within 2 seconds if ignition reference pulses cease to be detected and the ignition remains ON.

The following conditions may cause the fuel pump fuse to open

1. The fuse is faulty.
2. There is an intermittent short to ground in the supply voltage circuit of the fuel pump.
3. The fuel pump has an intermittent internal condition.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

J 43244 Relay Puller Pliers

Ignition ON, command the fuel pump relay ON and OFF with a scan tool while observing the following control circuit status parameters

1. Fuel Pump Relay Ckt Short Gnd Test Status
2. Fuel Pump Relay Ckt Open Test Status
3. Fuel Pump Relay Ckt Short Volts Test Status

Each parameter should toggle between OK and Not Run or Not Run and OK.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the fuel pump relay using the J 43244 Pliers.
2. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ground circuit terminal 85 and B+. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the ground circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance.
3. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the ground circuit terminal 85 and the control circuit terminal 86. If the test lamp illuminates, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Remove the test lamp.
5. Command the fuel pump relay ON with a scan tool. Verify the scan tool Fuel Pump Relay Ckt Short Gnd Test Status parameter is OK. If not the specified value, test the fuel pump relay control circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
6. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the fuel pump relay control circuit terminal 86 and the ground circuit terminal 85. Command the fuel pump relay ON with a scan tool. Verify the scan tool Fuel Pump Relay Ckt Short Gnd Test Status parameter is Fault. If not the specified value, test the fuel pump relay control circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
7. Inspect the fuel pump fuse. If the fuel pump fuse is open, test for the following conditions: A short to ground in the relay switch B+ circuit A short to ground in the supply voltage circuit of the fuel pump If the above circuits test normal, replace the fuel tank module.
8. Verify that a test light illuminates between the B+ circuit terminal 30 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the B+ circuit for an open/high resistance.
9. Connect a 15 A fused jumper wire between the B+ circuit terminal 30 and the supply voltage circuit terminal 87 of the fuel pump. Verify the fuel pump is activated. If the fuel pump does not activate, test for the following conditions: An open/high resistance in the supply voltage circuit of the fuel pump An open/high resistance in the ground circuit of the fuel pump If the above circuits test normal, replace the fuel tank module.
10. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the fuel pump relay.

1. Test for 70-110 ohms between terminals 85 and 86. If the resistance is not within the specified range, replace the relay.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the following terminals: 30 and 86 30 and 87 30 and 85 85 and 87 If not the specified value, replace the relay.
3. Install a 15 A fused jumper wire between relay terminal 85 and 12 V. Install a jumper wire between relay terminal 86 and ground. Test for less than 2 ohms between terminals 30 and 87. If greater than the specified range, replace the relay.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Fuel Tank Module Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions) , «Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions)
3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The engine control module (ECM) enables the fuel pump relay when the ignition switch is turned ON. The ECM will disable the fuel pump relay within 2 seconds unless the ECM detects ignition reference pulses. The ECM continues to enable the fuel pump relay as long as ignition reference pulses are detected. The ECM disables the fuel pump relay within 2 seconds if ignition reference pulses cease to be detected and the ignition remains ON.

The fuel system is a returnless on-demand design. The fuel pressure regulator is a part of the fuel tank module, eliminating the need for a return pipe from the engine. A returnless fuel system reduces the internal temperature of the fuel tank by not returning hot fuel from the engine to the fuel tank. Reducing the internal temperature of the fuel tank results in lower evaporative emissions.

The fuel tank stores the fuel supply. An electric turbine style fuel pump attaches to the fuel tank module inside the fuel tank. The fuel pump supplies high pressure fuel through the fuel filter, contained in the fuel tank module, and the fuel feed pipe to the fuel injection system. The fuel pump provides fuel at a higher rate of flow than is needed by the fuel injection system. The fuel pump also supplies fuel to a venturi pump located on the bottom of the fuel tank module. The function of the venturi pump is to fill the fuel tank module reservoir. The fuel pressure regulator, a part of the fuel tank module, maintains the correct fuel pressure to the fuel injection system. The fuel tank module contains a reverse flow check valve. The check valve and the fuel pressure regulator maintain fuel pressure in the fuel feed pipe and the fuel rail in order to prevent long cranking times.

Description and Operation

Fuel System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

1. CH 48027 Digital Pressure Gauge
2. J 37287 Fuel Line Shut-off Adapter

1. Ignition ON, engine OFF, command the fuel pump relay ON with a scan tool. You should hear the fuel pump turn ON and OFF. If the fuel pump does not operate, refer to «Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
2. Ignition OFF, all accessories OFF, install a CH 48027 Gauge. Refer to «Fuel Pressure Gauge Installation and Removal»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions) .
3. Ignition ON, engine OFF, command the fuel pump relay ON with a scan tool. Verify the fuel pressure is between 386-427 kPa (56-62 psi) and does not decrease more than 34 kPa (5 psi) in 1 minute.

1. Ignition ON, engine OFF, command the fuel pump relay ON with a scan tool and observe the fuel pressure gauge while the fuel pump is operating. Verify the fuel pressure is between 386-427 kPa (56-62 psi). If the fuel pressure is greater than the specified range, replace the fuel tank module. If the fuel pressure is less than the specified range, test, inspect, and repair the items listed below. If all items test normal, replace the fuel tank module. Restricted fuel feed pipe Inspect the harness connectors and the ground circuits of the fuel pump for poor connections.
2. Verify that the fuel pressure does not decrease more than 34 kPa (5 psi) in 1 minute. If the fuel pressure decreases more than the specified value, perform the following procedure: Ignition OFF, relieve the fuel pressure. Refer to «Fuel Pressure Relief (Without CH 48027-100)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions__fuel-pressure-relief-without-ch-48027-100) , «Fuel Pressure Relief (CH 48027-100)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions__fuel-pressure-relief-ch-48027-100) . Install the J 37287 Shut-off Adapter between the fuel feed pipe and the fuel rail. Open the valve on the J 37287 Shut-off Adapter. Ignition ON, command the fuel pump relay ON with a scan tool and bleed the air from the CH 48027 Gauge. Command the fuel pump relay ON and then OFF with a scan tool. Close the valve on the J 37287 Shut-off Adapter. Monitor the fuel pressure for 1 minute. If the fuel pressure decreases more than 34 kPa (5 psi) within the specified time, locate and replace the leaking fuel injector(s). If the fuel pressure does not decrease more than 34 kPa (5 psi) within the specified time, replace the fuel tank module.
3. Relieve the fuel pressure to 69 kPa (10 psi). Verify that the fuel pressure does not decrease more than 14 kPa (2 psi) in 5 minutes. If the fuel pressure decreases more than the specified value, replace the fuel tank module.
4. Operate the vehicle within the conditions of the customer's concern while monitoring the fuel pressure with the CH 48027 Gauge. The fuel pressure should not drop off during acceleration, cruise or hard cornering. If the fuel pressure drops off, test, inspect, and repair the items listed below. If all items test normal, replace the fuel tank module. Restricted fuel feed pipe Inspect the harness connectors and the ground circuits of the fuel pump for poor connections
5. If the fuel system tests normal, refer to «Symptoms - Engine Controls»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Fuel Injector and Fuel Rail Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Fuel Line Replacement - Chassis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
3. «Fuel Tank Module Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The control module enables the appropriate fuel injector pulse for each cylinder. The ignition voltage is supplied directly to the fuel injectors. The control module controls each fuel injector by grounding the control circuit via a solid state device called a driver. A fuel injector coil winding resistance that is too high or too low will affect the engine driveability. A fuel injector control circuit DTC may not set, but a misfire may be apparent. The fuel injector coil windings are affected by temperature. The resistance of the fuel injector coil windings will increase as the temperature of the fuel injector increases.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

1. «COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-component-connector-end-views-index)
2. «Inline Harness Connector End Views»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-inline-harness-connector-end-views)

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

Verify the resistance of each fuel injector with one of the following methods

1. If the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor is between 10-32°C (50-90°F), the resistance of each fuel injector should be 11-14 ohms. If the injectors measure OK, perform the Fuel Injector Balance Test. Refer to «Fuel Injector Balance Test»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If not within the specified range, replace the fuel injector.
2. If the ECT sensor is not between 10-32°C (50-90°F), measure and record the resistance of each fuel injector with a DMM. Subtract the lowest resistance value from the highest resistance value. The difference between the lowest value and the highest value should be equal to or less than 3 ohms. If the difference is equal to or less than 3 ohms, perform the Fuel Injector Balance Test. Refer to «Fuel Injector Balance Test»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If the difference is more than 3 ohms, add all of the fuel injector resistance values to obtain a total resistance value. Divide the total resistance value by the number of fuel injectors to obtain an average resistance value. Subtract the lowest individual fuel injector resistance value from the average resistance value. Compute the difference between the highest individual fuel injector resistance value and the average resistance value. Replace the fuel injector that displays the greatest difference above or below the average.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Fuel Injector and Fuel Rail Replacement

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

When performing the fuel injector balance test with the fuel injector tester or the scan tool, the scan tool is first used to energize the fuel pump relay. The fuel injector tester or the scan tool is then used to pulse each injector for a precise amount of time, allowing a measured amount of fuel to be injected. This causes a drop in the system fuel pressure that can be recorded and used to compare each injector.

The CH 47976 Active Fuel Injector Tester is used to test the fuel pump, fuel system leak down, and the fuel injectors. Following the User Guide, CH 47976-11, and the on screen prompts or selections, will indicate the steps required to perform each of the available tests. The tester will perform all of the tests automatically and display results of the test. The results can also be down loaded for storage and printing.

1. Monitoring the Current Misfire Counters, or misfire graph, may help to isolate the fuel injector that is causing the condition.
2. Operating the vehicle over a wide temperature range may help isolate the fuel injector that is causing the condition.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

1. «COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-component-connector-end-views-index)
2. «Inline Harness Connector End Views»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-inline-harness-connector-end-views)

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

1. CH 47976 Active Fuel Injector Tester
2. CH 47976-60 J-Tool Adapter
3. CH 48027 Digital Pressure Gauge
4. EL 39021-460 Fuel Injector Test Adapter
5. J 39021 Fuel Injector Coil and Balance Tester
6. J 39021-210 Injector Tester Adapter Box

Note. DO NOT perform this test if the engine coolant temperature (ECT) is above 94°C (201°F). Irregular fuel pressure readings may result due to hot soak fuel boiling. Verify that adequate fuel is in the fuel tank before proceeding with this diagnostic. Before proceeding with this test review the User Manual CH 48027-5 for Safety Information and Instructions.

Fuel Injector Balance Test-Fuel Pressure Test

1. Install a fuel pressure gauge. Refer to «Fuel Pressure Gauge Installation and Removal»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions) .
2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
3. Command the fuel pump relay ON with a scan tool.
4. Observe the fuel pressure gauge with the fuel pump commanded ON. The fuel pressure should be 386-427 kPa (56-62 psi). If the fuel pressure is not within the specified range, refer to «Fuel System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
5. Monitor the fuel pressure gauge for one minute. The fuel pressure should not decrease more than 34 kPa (5 psi). If the fuel pressure decreases more than 34 kPa (5 psi), refer to «Fuel System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
6. Perform the Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool, the Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2, or the Fuel Injector Balance Test with the Active Fuel Injector Tester.

Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool

1. Set the amperage supply selector switch on the fuel injector tester to the Balance Test 0.5-2.5 A position.
2. Disconnect the multi-way harness connector of the fuel injectors.
3. Connect the J 39021 Fuel Injector Coil and Balance Tester, the J 39021-210 Injector Tester Adapter Box, and the EL 39021-460 Fuel Injector Test Adapter to the fuel injector multi-way harness connector.
4. Command the fuel pump relay ON and then OFF three times with a scan tool. On the last command, as the fuel pressure begins to slowly degrade and stabilize, select a fuel pressure within 34 kPa (5 psi) of the maximum pump pressure. Record this fuel pressure. This is the starting pressure at which you will pulse each injector.
5. Command the fuel pump relay ON one more time and energize the fuel injector by depressing the Push to Start Test button on the J 39021 Fuel Injector Coil and Balance Tester at the previously selected pressure.
6. After the injector stops pulsing, select Min from the Display Mode on the CH 48027 Gauge and record the Min pressure.
7. Clear the Min/Max results on the CH 48027 Gauge.
8. Select Normal from the Display Mode on the CH 48027 Gauge.
9. Repeat steps 5 through 8 for each fuel injector.
10. Subtract the minimum pressure from the starting pressure for one fuel injector. The result is the pressure drop value.
11. Obtain a pressure drop value for each fuel injector.
12. Add all of the individual pressure drop values except for the injector suspected of being faulty. This is the total pressure drop.
13. Divide the total pressure drop by the number of fuel injectors that were added together. This is the average pressure drop. The difference between any individual pressure drop and the average pressure drop should not be more than 20 kPa (3 psi). If the difference between any individual pressure drop and the average pressure drop is more than 20 kPa (3 psi), replace the fuel injector.

Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2

1. Command the fuel pump relay ON and then OFF three times with a scan tool. On the last command, as the fuel pressure begins to slowly degrade and stabilize, select a fuel pressure within 34 kPa (5 psi) of the maximum pump pressure. Record this fuel pressure. This is the starting pressure at which you will pulse each injector.
2. With a scan tool, select the Fuel Injector Balance Test function within the Special Functions menu.
3. Select an injector to be tested.
4. Press Enter to prime the fuel system.
5. Energize the fuel injector by depressing the Pulse Injector button on the scan tool at the previously selected pressure.
6. After the injector stops pulsing, select Min from the Display Mode on the CH 48027 Gauge and record the Min pressure.
7. Clear the Min/Max results on the CH 48027 Gauge.
8. Select Normal from the Display Mode on the CH 48027 Gauge.
9. Press Enter on the scan tool to bring you back to the Select Injector screen.
10. Repeat steps 3 through 9 for each fuel injector.
11. Subtract the minimum pressure from the starting pressure for one fuel injector. The result is the pressure drop value.
12. Obtain a pressure drop value for each fuel injector.
13. Add all of the individual pressure drop values except for the injector suspected of being faulty. This is the total pressure drop.
14. Divide the total pressure drop by the number of fuel injectors that were added together. This is the average pressure drop. The difference between any individual pressure drop and the average pressure drop should not be more than 20 kPa (3 psi). If the difference between any individual pressure drop and the average pressure drop is more than 20 kPa (3 psi), replace the fuel injector.

Fuel Injector Balance Test with the Active Fuel Injector Tester

1. Turn OFF all accessories.
2. Turn OFF the ignition.
3. Install the Active Fuel Injector Tester. Refer to the Active Fuel Injector Tester User Guide.
4. Turn ON the Active Fuel Injector Tester and select the vehicle.
5. Turn ON the ignition and perform the Injector Test. If the Active Fuel Injector Tester aborts testing due to fuel pressure or fuel leak down, refer to «Fuel System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
6. View the test results. If any injector exceeds the recommended tolerance, replace the injector(s).

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Fuel Injector and Fuel Rail Replacement

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Test Description

Water contamination in the fuel system may cause driveability conditions such as hesitation, stalling, no start, or misfires in one or more cylinders. Water may collect near a single fuel injector at the lowest point in the fuel injection system and cause a misfire in that cylinder. If the fuel system is contaminated with water, inspect the fuel system components for rust or deterioration.

Ethanol concentrations of greater than 10 percent can cause driveability conditions and fuel system deterioration. Fuel with more than 10 percent ethanol could result in driveability conditions such as hesitation, lack of power, stalling, or no start. Excessive concentrations of ethanol used in vehicles not designed for it may cause fuel system corrosion, deterioration of rubber components, and fuel filter restriction.

Special Tools

J 44175 Fuel Composition Tester

System Verification

The fuel sample should be drawn from the bottom of the tank so that any water present in the tank will be detected. The sample should be bright and clear.

1. If the sample appears cloudy, or contaminated with water, as indicated by a water layer at the bottom of the sample, perform the Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure.
2. If alcohol contamination is suspected, perform the Alcohol in Fuel Testing procedure.

Alcohol in Fuel Testing with Special Tool

1. Test the fuel composition using J 44175 fuel composition tester and Instruction Manual.
2. If water appears in the fuel sample, clean the fuel system.
3. Subtract 50 from the reading on the DMM in order to obtain the percentage of alcohol in the fuel sample.
4. If the fuel sample contains more than 15 percent ethanol, add fresh, regular gasoline to the vehicle's fuel tank.
5. Test the fuel composition.
6. If testing shows the ethanol percentage is still more than 15 percent, replace the fuel in the vehicle.

Alcohol in Fuel Testing without Special Tool

1. Using a 100 ml (3.38 oz) specified cylinder with 1 ml (0.034 oz) graduation marks, fill the cylinder with fuel to the 90 ml (3.04 oz) mark.
2. Add 10 ml (0.34 oz) of water in order to bring the total fluid volume to 100 ml (3.38 oz) and install a stopper.
3. Shake the cylinder vigorously for 10-15 seconds.
4. Carefully loosen the stopper in order to release the pressure.
5. Re-install the stopper and shake the cylinder vigorously again for 10-15 seconds.
6. Put the cylinder on a level surface for approximately 5 minutes in order to allow adequate liquid separation. If alcohol is present in the fuel, the volume of the lower layer, which would now contain both alcohol and water, will be more than 10 ml (0.34 oz). For example, if the volume of the lower layer is increased to 15 ml (0.51 oz), this indicates at least 5 percent alcohol in the fuel. The actual amount of alcohol may be somewhat more because this procedure does not extract all of the alcohol from the fuel.

Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure

1. Using an approved fuel container, draw approximately 0.5 liter (0.53 qt) of fuel.
2. Place the container on a level surface for approximately 5 minutes in order to allow settling of the particulate contamination. Particulate contamination will show up in various shapes and colors. Sand will typically be identified by a white or light brown crystals. Rubber will appear as black and irregular particles.
3. Observe the fuel sample. If any physical contaminants or water are present, clean the fuel system.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Fuel System Cleaning

Evaporative Emission System Diagnosis

Special Tools

EN 41413-VLV EVAP Service Port Vent Fitting

Operating Instructions for the Evaporative Emission System Tester (EEST)

Vehicle Setup

1. Engine OFF, open the hood. Position a large fan to blow air under the vehicle onto the fuel tank area.
2. Connect the red battery clip from the tester to the positive battery terminal.
3. Connect the black battery clip from the tester to chassis ground.

Flow Meter Test - Leak Detection

1. Open the Nitrogen tank valve and turn the NITROGEN/SMOKE valve on the front control panel to NITROGEN.
2. Connect the hose to the correct test orifice on the bottom front of the tester. For orifice size, refer to the vehicle specific information found in service procedures for DTCs that relate to evaporative emission (EVAP) system leaks.
3. Press and release the remote switch to activate the tester.
4. Position the sliding red flag on the flow meter to align with the floating indicator. When the red flag is set, press and release the remote switch to deactivate the tester.
5. Remove the hose from the test orifice and install the hose onto the vehicle. For proper connection location, and the special tool numbers for any adapters that may be required, refer to the service procedures for DTCs that relate to EVAP system leaks.
6. Ignition ON, seal the EVAP system per instructions in the service procedures for DTCs that relate to EVAP system leaks. Most systems can be sealed using a scan tool output control for the EVAP vent solenoid valve, other systems require that the vent system be plugged.
7. Press and release the remote switch to activate the nitrogen flow and fill the system.
8. Compare the stable floating indicator position to the red flag. Below the red flag, the result is acceptable, Pass. Test complete Above the red flag, the result is unacceptable, Fail. Go to the Smoke Procedure
9. Press and release the remote switch to deactivate the tester.

Smoke Procedure - Locate the Leak

1. Turn OFF any fans that may cause air movement around or near the vehicle.
2. Connect the nitrogen/smoke hose to the vehicle as directed in the service procedures. Some vehicles require that the nitrogen/smoke hose be connected at the front of the EVAP system at the EVAP service port. An adapter may be necessary. Other vehicles require the connection be made at the rear of the system using an adapter at the fuel fill cap. Consult the service procedures for DTCs that relate to evaporative emission (EVAP) system leaks for vehicle specific instructions regarding connection location and adapters.
3. Open the nitrogen tank valve and turn the nitrogen/smoke valve on the control panel to smoke.
4. Press and release the remote switch to activate the tester and inject smoke into the EVAP system.
5. Verify smoke has filled the EVAP system by opening the system opposite the end where smoke is injected. When injecting smoke at the service port, remove the fuel fill cap until smoke is observed. Then close the system and continue testing. If using a special tool fuel fill cap adapter at the filler neck, vent the system at the service port, with special tool EN 41413-VLV EVAP Service Port Vent Fitting, until smoke is observed then remove the vent fitting tool and close the system to continue with the test.
6. Press and release the remote switch to deactivate the tester.
7. Introduce smoke into the system for an additional 60 s. Continue introducing smoke at 15 s intervals, as necessary.
8. Using a high-intensity white light, inspect the entire EVAP system path, and look for the source of the leak indicated by the exiting smoke. Introduce smoke at 15 s intervals, as needed, until leak source is identified.

Temperature Variation Instructions

The Concern

Ideal circumstances for conducting the EVAP flow meter test require equal temperatures between the nitrogen gas and the vehicle EVAP system. Significant differences in temperature between them can result in a flow or pressure change during testing, causing misleading results. Typically, the EEST is stored indoors, approximately 21°C (70°F). Vehicles brought in for diagnosis may have an EVAP system at significantly different temperatures.

For Example

Note. With no temperature difference between the nitrogen gas and EVAP system, the resulting vehicle EVAP system pressure will remain stable at 3.2 kPa, 13 in. H2O (0.5 PSI) once pressurized, providing no leaks are present.

When the EVAP flow meter tests are performed with significant differences in temperature between the nitrogen gas and the vehicle EVAP system, the following results can occur

1. An increase in flow during the flow meter test can be caused by a vehicle's warm EVAP system cooling down.
2. A decrease in flow during the flow meter test can be caused by a vehicle's cool EVAP system warming up.

The Solution

When working on a vehicle with significant temperature differences between the vehicle EVAP system and the nitrogen gas, allow the vehicle EVAP system temperature to stabilize as close as possible to the temperature of the nitrogen gas before conducting the Flow Meter Test.

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

This ignition system uses an individual ignition coil for each cylinder. The engine control module (ECM) controls the spark events by transmitting the timing pulses on the ignition control (IC) circuits to the individual ignition coil in firing order sequence. Each ignition coil has the following circuits

1. An ignition 1 voltage circuit
2. A ground circuit
3. An IC circuit
4. A low reference circuit

1. This engine application may use 2 fuses, one for each bank, to supply ignition voltage to the ignition module/coil assemblies and also to the fuel injectors. A good indication that a fuse is open is that all misfire counters are incrementing on one side of the engine.
2. An open/high resistance on the low reference circuit to the ignition coil may cause a misfire.
3. An erratic or weak spark is considered a no spark condition.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Electronic Ignition System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference